codecommit

package
v0.24.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jul 22, 2020 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 43

Documentation

Overview

Package codecommit provides the client and types for making API requests to CodeCommit.

This is the AWS CodeCommit API Reference. This reference provides descriptions of the operations and data types for AWS CodeCommit API along with usage examples.

You can use the AWS CodeCommit API to work with the following objects:

Repositories, by calling the following:

  • BatchGetRepositories, which returns information about one or more repositories associated with your AWS account.

  • CreateRepository, which creates an AWS CodeCommit repository.

  • DeleteRepository, which deletes an AWS CodeCommit repository.

  • GetRepository, which returns information about a specified repository.

  • ListRepositories, which lists all AWS CodeCommit repositories associated with your AWS account.

  • UpdateRepositoryDescription, which sets or updates the description of the repository.

  • UpdateRepositoryName, which changes the name of the repository. If you change the name of a repository, no other users of that repository can access it until you send them the new HTTPS or SSH URL to use.

Branches, by calling the following:

  • CreateBranch, which creates a branch in a specified repository.

  • DeleteBranch, which deletes the specified branch in a repository unless it is the default branch.

  • GetBranch, which returns information about a specified branch.

  • ListBranches, which lists all branches for a specified repository.

  • UpdateDefaultBranch, which changes the default branch for a repository.

Files, by calling the following:

  • DeleteFile, which deletes the content of a specified file from a specified branch.

  • GetBlob, which returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual Git blob object in a repository.

  • GetFile, which returns the base-64 encoded content of a specified file.

  • GetFolder, which returns the contents of a specified folder or directory.

  • PutFile, which adds or modifies a single file in a specified repository and branch.

Commits, by calling the following:

  • BatchGetCommits, which returns information about one or more commits in a repository.

  • CreateCommit, which creates a commit for changes to a repository.

  • GetCommit, which returns information about a commit, including commit messages and author and committer information.

  • GetDifferences, which returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference).

Merges, by calling the following:

  • BatchDescribeMergeConflicts, which returns information about conflicts in a merge between commits in a repository.

  • CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit, which creates an unreferenced commit between two branches or commits for the purpose of comparing them and identifying any potential conflicts.

  • DescribeMergeConflicts, which returns information about merge conflicts between the base, source, and destination versions of a file in a potential merge.

  • GetMergeCommit, which returns information about the merge between a source and destination commit.

  • GetMergeConflicts, which returns information about merge conflicts between the source and destination branch in a pull request.

  • GetMergeOptions, which returns information about the available merge options between two branches or commit specifiers.

  • MergeBranchesByFastForward, which merges two branches using the fast-forward merge option.

  • MergeBranchesBySquash, which merges two branches using the squash merge option.

  • MergeBranchesByThreeWay, which merges two branches using the three-way merge option.

Pull requests, by calling the following:

  • CreatePullRequest, which creates a pull request in a specified repository.

  • CreatePullRequestApprovalRule, which creates an approval rule for a specified pull request.

  • DeletePullRequestApprovalRule, which deletes an approval rule for a specified pull request.

  • DescribePullRequestEvents, which returns information about one or more pull request events.

  • EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules, which evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules.

  • GetCommentsForPullRequest, which returns information about comments on a specified pull request.

  • GetPullRequest, which returns information about a specified pull request.

  • GetPullRequestApprovalStates, which returns information about the approval states for a specified pull request.

  • GetPullRequestOverrideState, which returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overriden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request.

  • ListPullRequests, which lists all pull requests for a repository.

  • MergePullRequestByFastForward, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the fast-forward merge option.

  • MergePullRequestBySquash, which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the squash merge option.

  • MergePullRequestByThreeWay. which merges the source destination branch of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request using the three-way merge option.

  • OverridePullRequestApprovalRules, which sets aside all approval rule requirements for a pull request.

  • PostCommentForPullRequest, which posts a comment to a pull request at the specified line, file, or request.

  • UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent, which updates the structure of an approval rule for a pull request.

  • UpdatePullRequestApprovalState, which updates the state of an approval on a pull request.

  • UpdatePullRequestDescription, which updates the description of a pull request.

  • UpdatePullRequestStatus, which updates the status of a pull request.

  • UpdatePullRequestTitle, which updates the title of a pull request.

Approval rule templates, by calling the following:

  • AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository, which associates a template with a specified repository. After the template is associated with a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the specified repository.

  • BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories, which associates a template with one or more specified repositories. After the template is associated with a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the specified repositories.

  • BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories, which removes the association between a template and specified repositories so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in those repositories.

  • CreateApprovalRuleTemplate, which creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your AWS account.

  • DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate, which deletes the specified template. It does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template.

  • DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository, which removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository.

  • GetApprovalRuleTemplate, which returns information about an approval rule template.

  • ListApprovalRuleTemplates, which lists all approval rule templates in the AWS Region in your AWS account.

  • ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository, which lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository.

  • ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate, which lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template.

  • UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription, which updates the description of an approval rule template.

  • UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName, which updates the name of an approval rule template.

  • UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent, which updates the content of an approval rule template.

Comments in a repository, by calling the following:

  • DeleteCommentContent, which deletes the content of a comment on a commit in a repository.

  • GetComment, which returns information about a comment on a commit.

  • GetCommentReactions, which returns information about emoji reactions to comments.

  • GetCommentsForComparedCommit, which returns information about comments on the comparison between two commit specifiers in a repository.

  • PostCommentForComparedCommit, which creates a comment on the comparison between two commit specifiers in a repository.

  • PostCommentReply, which creates a reply to a comment.

  • PutCommentReaction, which creates or updates an emoji reaction to a comment.

  • UpdateComment, which updates the content of a comment on a commit in a repository.

Tags used to tag resources in AWS CodeCommit (not Git tags), by calling the following:

  • ListTagsForResource, which gets information about AWS tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in AWS CodeCommit.

  • TagResource, which adds or updates tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit.

  • UntagResource, which removes tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit.

Triggers, by calling the following:

  • GetRepositoryTriggers, which returns information about triggers configured for a repository.

  • PutRepositoryTriggers, which replaces all triggers for a repository and can be used to create or delete triggers.

  • TestRepositoryTriggers, which tests the functionality of a repository trigger by sending data to the trigger target.

For information about how to use AWS CodeCommit, see the AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/welcome.html).

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13 for more information on this service.

See codecommit package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/codecommit/

Using the Client

To use CodeCommit with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the CodeCommit client for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/codecommit/#New

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "CodeCommit" // Service's name
	ServiceID   = "CodeCommit" // Service's identifier
	EndpointsID = "codecommit" // Service's Endpoint identifier
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeActorDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "ActorDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
	ErrCodeActorDoesNotExistException = "ActorDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleContentRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException".
	//
	// The content for the approval rule is empty. You must provide some content
	// for an approval rule. The content cannot be null.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleContentRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified approval rule does not exist.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException = "ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException".
	//
	// An approval rule with that name already exists. Approval rule names must
	// be unique within the scope of a pull request.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException = "ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException".
	//
	// An approval rule name is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException".
	//
	// The content for the approval rule template is empty. You must provide some
	// content for an approval rule template. The content cannot be null.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
	// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
	// was created, and then try again.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException".
	//
	// The approval rule template is associated with one or more repositories. You
	// cannot delete a template that is associated with a repository. Remove all
	// associations, and then try again.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException".
	//
	// You cannot create an approval rule template with that name because a template
	// with that name already exists in this AWS Region for your AWS account. Approval
	// rule template names must be unique.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException".
	//
	// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeApprovalStateRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ApprovalStateRequiredException".
	//
	// An approval state is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeApprovalStateRequiredException = "ApprovalStateRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeAuthorDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "AuthorDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
	ErrCodeAuthorDoesNotExistException = "AuthorDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException for service response error code
	// "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException".
	//
	// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
	// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
	ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException = "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"

	// ErrCodeBlobIdDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "BlobIdDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified blob does not exist.
	ErrCodeBlobIdDoesNotExistException = "BlobIdDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException for service response error code
	// "BlobIdRequiredException".
	//
	// A blob ID is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException = "BlobIdRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "BranchDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified branch does not exist.
	ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException = "BranchDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeBranchNameExistsException for service response error code
	// "BranchNameExistsException".
	//
	// Cannot create the branch with the specified name because the commit conflicts
	// with an existing branch with the same name. Branch names must be unique.
	ErrCodeBranchNameExistsException = "BranchNameExistsException"

	// ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException for service response error code
	// "BranchNameIsTagNameException".
	//
	// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
	// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
	// ListBranches.
	ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException = "BranchNameIsTagNameException"

	// ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException for service response error code
	// "BranchNameRequiredException".
	//
	// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException = "BranchNameRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeCannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException for service response error code
	// "CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException".
	//
	// The approval rule cannot be deleted from the pull request because it was
	// created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
	ErrCodeCannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException = "CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException"

	// ErrCodeCannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException for service response error code
	// "CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException".
	//
	// The approval rule cannot be modified for the pull request because it was
	// created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
	ErrCodeCannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException = "CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException"

	// ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException for service response error code
	// "CommentContentRequiredException".
	//
	// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
	// cannot be null.
	ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException = "CommentContentRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException".
	//
	// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
	ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException = "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeCommentDeletedException for service response error code
	// "CommentDeletedException".
	//
	// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
	// comment.
	ErrCodeCommentDeletedException = "CommentDeletedException"

	// ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "CommentDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct
	// ID, and then try again.
	ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException = "CommentDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException for service response error code
	// "CommentIdRequiredException".
	//
	// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
	ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException = "CommentIdRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeCommentNotCreatedByCallerException for service response error code
	// "CommentNotCreatedByCallerException".
	//
	// You cannot modify or delete this comment. Only comment authors can modify
	// or delete their comments.
	ErrCodeCommentNotCreatedByCallerException = "CommentNotCreatedByCallerException"

	// ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "CommitDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
	// repository has no default branch.
	ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException = "CommitDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeCommitIdDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "CommitIdDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified commit ID does not exist.
	ErrCodeCommitIdDoesNotExistException = "CommitIdDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException for service response error code
	// "CommitIdRequiredException".
	//
	// A commit ID was not specified.
	ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException = "CommitIdRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeCommitIdsLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "CommitIdsLimitExceededException".
	//
	// The maximum number of allowed commit IDs in a batch request is 100. Verify
	// that your batch requests contains no more than 100 commit IDs, and then try
	// again.
	ErrCodeCommitIdsLimitExceededException = "CommitIdsLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeCommitIdsListRequiredException for service response error code
	// "CommitIdsListRequiredException".
	//
	// A list of commit IDs is required, but was either not specified or the list
	// was empty.
	ErrCodeCommitIdsListRequiredException = "CommitIdsListRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException for service response error code
	// "CommitMessageLengthExceededException".
	//
	// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
	ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException = "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"

	// ErrCodeCommitRequiredException for service response error code
	// "CommitRequiredException".
	//
	// A commit was not specified.
	ErrCodeCommitRequiredException = "CommitRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException for service response error code
	// "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException".
	//
	// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
	// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
	// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
	ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException = "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"

	// ErrCodeDefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException for service response error code
	// "DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException".
	//
	// The specified branch is the default branch for the repository, and cannot
	// be deleted. To delete this branch, you must first set another branch as the
	// default branch.
	ErrCodeDefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException = "DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException"

	// ErrCodeDirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException for service response error code
	// "DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException".
	//
	// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified path name
	// has the same name as a file that already exists in this repository. Either
	// provide a different name for the file, or specify a different path for the
	// file.
	ErrCodeDirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException = "DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException"

	// ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException for service response error code
	// "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException".
	//
	// An encryption integrity check failed.
	ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException = "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"

	// ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException for service response error code
	// "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException".
	//
	// An encryption key could not be accessed.
	ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException = "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"

	// ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException for service response error code
	// "EncryptionKeyDisabledException".
	//
	// The encryption key is disabled.
	ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException = "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"

	// ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException for service response error code
	// "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException".
	//
	// No encryption key was found.
	ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException = "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"

	// ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException for service response error code
	// "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException".
	//
	// The encryption key is not available.
	ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException = "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"

	// ErrCodeFileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException for service response error code
	// "FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because both a source file and file content
	// have been specified for the same file. You cannot provide both. Either specify
	// a source file or provide the file content directly.
	ErrCodeFileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException = "FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException"

	// ErrCodeFileContentRequiredException for service response error code
	// "FileContentRequiredException".
	//
	// The file cannot be added because it is empty. Empty files cannot be added
	// to the repository with this API.
	ErrCodeFileContentRequiredException = "FileContentRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException".
	//
	// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
	// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
	// these changes using a Git client.
	ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException = "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "FileDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct
	// file name, full path, and extension.
	ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException = "FileDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeFileEntryRequiredException for service response error code
	// "FileEntryRequiredException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because no files have been specified as added,
	// updated, or changed (PutFile or DeleteFile) for the commit.
	ErrCodeFileEntryRequiredException = "FileEntryRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException for service response error code
	// "FileModeRequiredException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file
	// mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
	ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException = "FileModeRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeFileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException for service response error code
	// "FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException".
	//
	// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified file name
	// has the same name as a directory in this repository. Either provide another
	// name for the file, or add the file in a directory that does not match the
	// file name.
	ErrCodeFileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException = "FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException"

	// ErrCodeFilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException for service response error code
	// "FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because a specified file path points to a submodule.
	// Verify that the destination files have valid file paths that do not point
	// to a submodule.
	ErrCodeFilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException = "FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException"

	// ErrCodeFileTooLargeException for service response error code
	// "FileTooLargeException".
	//
	// The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more
	// information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
	ErrCodeFileTooLargeException = "FileTooLargeException"

	// ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
	// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
	// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
	// multiple folders.
	ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException = "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeFolderDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "FolderDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified folder does not exist. Either the folder name is not correct,
	// or you did not enter the full path to the folder.
	ErrCodeFolderDoesNotExistException = "FolderDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException for service response error code
	// "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException".
	//
	// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
	// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
	ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException = "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidActorArnException for service response error code
	// "InvalidActorArnException".
	//
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided
	// the full ARN for the user who initiated the change for the pull request,
	// and then try again.
	ErrCodeInvalidActorArnException = "InvalidActorArnException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleContentException for service response error code
	// "InvalidApprovalRuleContentException".
	//
	// The content for the approval rule is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleContentException = "InvalidApprovalRuleContentException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException".
	//
	// The name for the approval rule is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException = "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException for service response error code
	// "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException".
	//
	// The content of the approval rule template is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException = "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException".
	//
	// The description for the approval rule template is not valid because it exceeds
	// the maximum characters allowed for a description. For more information about
	// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
	ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException = "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException".
	//
	// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
	// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
	// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
	ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException = "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidApprovalStateException for service response error code
	// "InvalidApprovalStateException".
	//
	// The state for the approval is not valid. Valid values include APPROVE and
	// REVOKE.
	ErrCodeInvalidApprovalStateException = "InvalidApprovalStateException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidAuthorArnException for service response error code
	// "InvalidAuthorArnException".
	//
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided
	// the full ARN for the author of the pull request, and then try again.
	ErrCodeInvalidAuthorArnException = "InvalidAuthorArnException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidBlobIdException for service response error code
	// "InvalidBlobIdException".
	//
	// The specified blob is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidBlobIdException = "InvalidBlobIdException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidBranchNameException".
	//
	// The specified reference name is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException = "InvalidBranchNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException for service response error code
	// "InvalidClientRequestTokenException".
	//
	// The client request token is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException = "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException for service response error code
	// "InvalidCommentIdException".
	//
	// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
	// the full comment ID.
	ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException = "InvalidCommentIdException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidCommitException for service response error code
	// "InvalidCommitException".
	//
	// The specified commit is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidCommitException = "InvalidCommitException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException for service response error code
	// "InvalidCommitIdException".
	//
	// The specified commit ID is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException = "InvalidCommitIdException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException for service response error code
	// "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException".
	//
	// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException = "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidConflictResolutionException".
	//
	// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException = "InvalidConflictResolutionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException for service response error code
	// "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException".
	//
	// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException = "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException for service response error code
	// "InvalidContinuationTokenException".
	//
	// The specified continuation token is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException = "InvalidContinuationTokenException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDeletionParameterException for service response error code
	// "InvalidDeletionParameterException".
	//
	// The specified deletion parameter is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidDeletionParameterException = "InvalidDeletionParameterException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidDescriptionException".
	//
	// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions cannot be more than
	// 1,000 characters.
	ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException = "InvalidDescriptionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException for service response error code
	// "InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException".
	//
	// The destination commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
	// name, tag, or full commit ID.
	ErrCodeInvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException = "InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidEmailException for service response error code
	// "InvalidEmailException".
	//
	// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
	// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
	// email address.
	ErrCodeInvalidEmailException = "InvalidEmailException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException for service response error code
	// "InvalidFileLocationException".
	//
	// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the file
	// name and extension.
	ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException = "InvalidFileLocationException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException for service response error code
	// "InvalidFileModeException".
	//
	// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
	// mode permissions, see PutFile.
	ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException = "InvalidFileModeException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidFilePositionException".
	//
	// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
	// of the file you want to comment on.
	ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException = "InvalidFilePositionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidMaxConflictFilesException for service response error code
	// "InvalidMaxConflictFilesException".
	//
	// The specified value for the number of conflict files to return is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidMaxConflictFilesException = "InvalidMaxConflictFilesException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidMaxMergeHunksException for service response error code
	// "InvalidMaxMergeHunksException".
	//
	// The specified value for the number of merge hunks to return is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidMaxMergeHunksException = "InvalidMaxMergeHunksException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException for service response error code
	// "InvalidMaxResultsException".
	//
	// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException = "InvalidMaxResultsException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidMergeOptionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidMergeOptionException".
	//
	// The specified merge option is not valid for this operation. Not all merge
	// strategies are supported for all operations.
	ErrCodeInvalidMergeOptionException = "InvalidMergeOptionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidOrderException for service response error code
	// "InvalidOrderException".
	//
	// The specified sort order is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidOrderException = "InvalidOrderException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidOverrideStatusException for service response error code
	// "InvalidOverrideStatusException".
	//
	// The override status is not valid. Valid statuses are OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
	ErrCodeInvalidOverrideStatusException = "InvalidOverrideStatusException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidParentCommitIdException for service response error code
	// "InvalidParentCommitIdException".
	//
	// The parent commit ID is not valid. The commit ID cannot be empty, and must
	// match the head commit ID for the branch of the repository where you want
	// to add or update a file.
	ErrCodeInvalidParentCommitIdException = "InvalidParentCommitIdException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidPathException for service response error code
	// "InvalidPathException".
	//
	// The specified path is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidPathException = "InvalidPathException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestEventTypeException for service response error code
	// "InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException".
	//
	// The pull request event type is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestEventTypeException = "InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException for service response error code
	// "InvalidPullRequestIdException".
	//
	// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
	// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
	// again.
	ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException = "InvalidPullRequestIdException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException for service response error code
	// "InvalidPullRequestStatusException".
	//
	// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
	// CLOSED.
	ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException = "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException for service response error code
	// "InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException".
	//
	// The pull request status update is not valid. The only valid update is from
	// OPEN to CLOSED.
	ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException = "InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidReactionUserArnException for service response error code
	// "InvalidReactionUserArnException".
	//
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidReactionUserArnException = "InvalidReactionUserArnException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidReactionValueException for service response error code
	// "InvalidReactionValueException".
	//
	// The value of the reaction is not valid. For more information, see the AWS
	// CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/welcome.html).
	ErrCodeInvalidReactionValueException = "InvalidReactionValueException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidReferenceNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidReferenceNameException".
	//
	// The specified reference name format is not valid. Reference names must conform
	// to the Git references format (for example, refs/heads/master). For more information,
	// see Git Internals - Git References (https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Git-References)
	// or consult your Git documentation.
	ErrCodeInvalidReferenceNameException = "InvalidReferenceNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException".
	//
	// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
	// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
	ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException = "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException for service response error code
	// "InvalidReplacementContentException".
	//
	// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
	// is not valid or content is missing.
	ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException = "InvalidReplacementContentException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException for service response error code
	// "InvalidReplacementTypeException".
	//
	// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
	// type is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException = "InvalidReplacementTypeException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryDescriptionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException".
	//
	// The specified repository description is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryDescriptionException = "InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryNameException".
	//
	// A specified repository name is not valid.
	//
	// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
	// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
	// when a specified repository does not exist.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException = "InvalidRepositoryNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException".
	//
	// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException".
	//
	// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException".
	//
	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
	// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
	// meet the requirements for the service type.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException".
	//
	// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
	// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException".
	//
	// The name of the trigger is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException".
	//
	// The AWS Region for the trigger target does not match the AWS Region for the
	// repository. Triggers must be created in the same Region as the target for
	// the trigger.
	ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException for service response error code
	// "InvalidResourceArnException".
	//
	// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
	// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
	// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
	ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException = "InvalidResourceArnException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException for service response error code
	// "InvalidRevisionIdException".
	//
	// The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
	ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException = "InvalidRevisionIdException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRuleContentSha256Exception for service response error code
	// "InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception".
	//
	// The SHA-256 hash signature for the rule content is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRuleContentSha256Exception = "InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSortByException for service response error code
	// "InvalidSortByException".
	//
	// The specified sort by value is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidSortByException = "InvalidSortByException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException for service response error code
	// "InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException".
	//
	// The source commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
	// name, tag, or full commit ID.
	ErrCodeInvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException = "InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSystemTagUsageException for service response error code
	// "InvalidSystemTagUsageException".
	//
	// The specified tag is not valid. Key names cannot be prefixed with aws:.
	ErrCodeInvalidSystemTagUsageException = "InvalidSystemTagUsageException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTagKeysListException for service response error code
	// "InvalidTagKeysListException".
	//
	// The list of tags is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidTagKeysListException = "InvalidTagKeysListException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTagsMapException for service response error code
	// "InvalidTagsMapException".
	//
	// The map of tags is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidTagsMapException = "InvalidTagsMapException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException for service response error code
	// "InvalidTargetBranchException".
	//
	// The specified target branch is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException = "InvalidTargetBranchException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTargetException for service response error code
	// "InvalidTargetException".
	//
	// The target for the pull request is not valid. A target must contain the full
	// values for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for
	// the pull request.
	ErrCodeInvalidTargetException = "InvalidTargetException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTargetsException for service response error code
	// "InvalidTargetsException".
	//
	// The targets for the pull request is not valid or not in a valid format. Targets
	// are a list of target objects. Each target object must contain the full values
	// for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for a pull
	// request.
	ErrCodeInvalidTargetsException = "InvalidTargetsException"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTitleException for service response error code
	// "InvalidTitleException".
	//
	// The title of the pull request is not valid. Pull request titles cannot exceed
	// 100 characters in length.
	ErrCodeInvalidTitleException = "InvalidTitleException"

	// ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ManualMergeRequiredException".
	//
	// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
	// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
	ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException = "ManualMergeRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumBranchesExceededException".
	//
	// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
	ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException = "MaximumBranchesExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException".
	//
	// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
	ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException = "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException".
	//
	// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
	ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException = "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumFileEntriesExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumFileEntriesExceededException".
	//
	// The number of specified files to change as part of this commit exceeds the
	// maximum number of files that can be changed in a single commit. Consider
	// using a Git client for these changes.
	ErrCodeMaximumFileEntriesExceededException = "MaximumFileEntriesExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException".
	//
	// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
	// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
	ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException = "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException".
	//
	// The number of approvals required for the approval rule exceeds the maximum
	// number allowed.
	ErrCodeMaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException = "MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException".
	//
	// You cannot create the pull request because the repository has too many open
	// pull requests. The maximum number of open pull requests for a repository
	// is 1,000. Close one or more open pull requests, and then try again.
	ErrCodeMaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException = "MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException".
	//
	// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this
	// number is 100.
	ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException = "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException for service response error code
	// "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException".
	//
	// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
	ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException = "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"

	// ErrCodeMaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException for service response error code
	// "MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException".
	//
	// The maximum number of approval rule templates for a repository has been exceeded.
	// You cannot associate more than 25 approval rule templates with a repository.
	ErrCodeMaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException = "MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException"

	// ErrCodeMergeOptionRequiredException for service response error code
	// "MergeOptionRequiredException".
	//
	// A merge option or stategy is required, and none was provided.
	ErrCodeMergeOptionRequiredException = "MergeOptionRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException for service response error code
	// "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException".
	//
	// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
	// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
	ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException = "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"

	// ErrCodeMultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException for service response error code
	// "MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException".
	//
	// You cannot include more than one repository in a pull request. Make sure
	// you have specified only one repository name in your request, and then try
	// again.
	ErrCodeMultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException = "MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException"

	// ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException for service response error code
	// "NameLengthExceededException".
	//
	// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
	// author names.
	ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException = "NameLengthExceededException"

	// ErrCodeNoChangeException for service response error code
	// "NoChangeException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because no changes will be made to the repository
	// as a result of this commit. A commit must contain at least one change.
	ErrCodeNoChangeException = "NoChangeException"

	// ErrCodeNumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException for service response error code
	// "NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException".
	//
	// The maximum number of approval rule templates has been exceeded for this
	// AWS Region.
	ErrCodeNumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException = "NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException"

	// ErrCodeNumberOfRulesExceededException for service response error code
	// "NumberOfRulesExceededException".
	//
	// The approval rule cannot be added. The pull request has the maximum number
	// of approval rules associated with it.
	ErrCodeNumberOfRulesExceededException = "NumberOfRulesExceededException"

	// ErrCodeOverrideAlreadySetException for service response error code
	// "OverrideAlreadySetException".
	//
	// The pull request has already had its approval rules set to override.
	ErrCodeOverrideAlreadySetException = "OverrideAlreadySetException"

	// ErrCodeOverrideStatusRequiredException for service response error code
	// "OverrideStatusRequiredException".
	//
	// An override status is required, but no value was provided. Valid values include
	// OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
	ErrCodeOverrideStatusRequiredException = "OverrideStatusRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeParentCommitDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "ParentCommitDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The parent commit ID is not valid because it does not exist. The specified
	// parent commit ID does not exist in the specified branch of the repository.
	ErrCodeParentCommitDoesNotExistException = "ParentCommitDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeParentCommitIdOutdatedException for service response error code
	// "ParentCommitIdOutdatedException".
	//
	// The file could not be added because the provided parent commit ID is not
	// the current tip of the specified branch. To view the full commit ID of the
	// current head of the branch, use GetBranch.
	ErrCodeParentCommitIdOutdatedException = "ParentCommitIdOutdatedException"

	// ErrCodeParentCommitIdRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ParentCommitIdRequiredException".
	//
	// A parent commit ID is required. To view the full commit ID of a branch in
	// a repository, use GetBranch or a Git command (for example, git pull or git
	// log).
	ErrCodeParentCommitIdRequiredException = "ParentCommitIdRequiredException"

	// ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "PathDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified path does not exist.
	ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException = "PathDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodePathRequiredException for service response error code
	// "PathRequiredException".
	//
	// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
	ErrCodePathRequiredException = "PathRequiredException"

	// ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException for service response error code
	// "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException".
	//
	// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
	ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException = "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"

	// ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException for service response error code
	// "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException".
	//
	// The pull request cannot be merged because one or more approval rules applied
	// to the pull request have conditions that have not been met.
	ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException = "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException"

	// ErrCodePullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException for service response error code
	// "PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException".
	//
	// The approval cannot be applied because the user approving the pull request
	// matches the user who created the pull request. You cannot approve a pull
	// request that you created.
	ErrCodePullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException = "PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException"

	// ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "PullRequestDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
	// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
	ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException = "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException for service response error code
	// "PullRequestIdRequiredException".
	//
	// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
	ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException = "PullRequestIdRequiredException"

	// ErrCodePullRequestStatusRequiredException for service response error code
	// "PullRequestStatusRequiredException".
	//
	// A pull request status is required, but none was provided.
	ErrCodePullRequestStatusRequiredException = "PullRequestStatusRequiredException"

	// ErrCodePutFileEntryConflictException for service response error code
	// "PutFileEntryConflictException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because one or more files specified in the commit
	// reference both a file and a folder.
	ErrCodePutFileEntryConflictException = "PutFileEntryConflictException"

	// ErrCodeReactionLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "ReactionLimitExceededException".
	//
	// The number of reactions has been exceeded. Reactions are limited to one reaction
	// per user for each individual comment ID.
	ErrCodeReactionLimitExceededException = "ReactionLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeReactionValueRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ReactionValueRequiredException".
	//
	// A reaction value is required.
	ErrCodeReactionValueRequiredException = "ReactionValueRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeReferenceDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "ReferenceDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified reference does not exist. You must provide a full commit ID.
	ErrCodeReferenceDoesNotExistException = "ReferenceDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeReferenceNameRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ReferenceNameRequiredException".
	//
	// A reference name is required, but none was provided.
	ErrCodeReferenceNameRequiredException = "ReferenceNameRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeReferenceTypeNotSupportedException for service response error code
	// "ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException".
	//
	// The specified reference is not a supported type.
	ErrCodeReferenceTypeNotSupportedException = "ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException"

	// ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ReplacementContentRequiredException".
	//
	// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
	ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException = "ReplacementContentRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ReplacementTypeRequiredException".
	//
	// A replacement type is required.
	ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException = "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryDoesNotExistException".
	//
	// The specified repository does not exist.
	ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException = "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryLimitExceededException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryLimitExceededException".
	//
	// A repository resource limit was exceeded.
	ErrCodeRepositoryLimitExceededException = "RepositoryLimitExceededException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryNameExistsException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryNameExistsException".
	//
	// The specified repository name already exists.
	ErrCodeRepositoryNameExistsException = "RepositoryNameExistsException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryNameRequiredException".
	//
	// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException = "RepositoryNameRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryNamesRequiredException".
	//
	// At least one repository name object is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException = "RepositoryNamesRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException".
	//
	// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
	// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
	// request ID.
	ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException = "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException".
	//
	// At least one branch name is required, but was not specified in the trigger
	// configuration.
	ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException".
	//
	// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required, but
	// was not specified.
	ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException".
	//
	// At least one event for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException".
	//
	// A name for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException".
	//
	// The list of triggers for the repository is required, but was not specified.
	ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRequestTokenRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RequestTokenRequiredException".
	//
	// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
	// client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures
	// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
	// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns
	// information about the initial request that used that token.
	ErrCodeRequestTokenRequiredException = "RequestTokenRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException for service response error code
	// "ResourceArnRequiredException".
	//
	// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
	// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
	// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
	// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
	ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException = "ResourceArnRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRestrictedSourceFileException for service response error code
	// "RestrictedSourceFileException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because one of the changes specifies copying
	// or moving a .gitkeep file.
	ErrCodeRestrictedSourceFileException = "RestrictedSourceFileException"

	// ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException for service response error code
	// "RevisionIdRequiredException".
	//
	// A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
	ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException = "RevisionIdRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException for service response error code
	// "RevisionNotCurrentException".
	//
	// The revision ID provided in the request does not match the current revision
	// ID. Use GetPullRequest to retrieve the current revision ID.
	ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException = "RevisionNotCurrentException"

	// ErrCodeSameFileContentException for service response error code
	// "SameFileContentException".
	//
	// The file was not added or updated because the content of the file is exactly
	// the same as the content of that file in the repository and branch that you
	// specified.
	ErrCodeSameFileContentException = "SameFileContentException"

	// ErrCodeSamePathRequestException for service response error code
	// "SamePathRequestException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because one or more changes in this commit duplicate
	// actions in the same file path. For example, you cannot make the same delete
	// request to the same file in the same file path twice, or make a delete request
	// and a move request to the same file as part of the same commit.
	ErrCodeSamePathRequestException = "SamePathRequestException"

	// ErrCodeSourceAndDestinationAreSameException for service response error code
	// "SourceAndDestinationAreSameException".
	//
	// The source branch and destination branch for the pull request are the same.
	// You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
	ErrCodeSourceAndDestinationAreSameException = "SourceAndDestinationAreSameException"

	// ErrCodeSourceFileOrContentRequiredException for service response error code
	// "SourceFileOrContentRequiredException".
	//
	// The commit cannot be created because no source files or file content have
	// been specified for the commit.
	ErrCodeSourceFileOrContentRequiredException = "SourceFileOrContentRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeTagKeysListRequiredException for service response error code
	// "TagKeysListRequiredException".
	//
	// A list of tag keys is required. The list cannot be empty or null.
	ErrCodeTagKeysListRequiredException = "TagKeysListRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeTagPolicyException for service response error code
	// "TagPolicyException".
	//
	// The tag policy is not valid.
	ErrCodeTagPolicyException = "TagPolicyException"

	// ErrCodeTagsMapRequiredException for service response error code
	// "TagsMapRequiredException".
	//
	// A map of tags is required.
	ErrCodeTagsMapRequiredException = "TagsMapRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeTargetRequiredException for service response error code
	// "TargetRequiredException".
	//
	// A pull request target is required. It cannot be empty or null. A pull request
	// target must contain the full values for the repository name, source branch,
	// and destination branch for the pull request.
	ErrCodeTargetRequiredException = "TargetRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeTargetsRequiredException for service response error code
	// "TargetsRequiredException".
	//
	// An array of target objects is required. It cannot be empty or null.
	ErrCodeTargetsRequiredException = "TargetsRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException for service response error code
	// "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException".
	//
	// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
	// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
	// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
	ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException = "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"

	// ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException for service response error code
	// "TipsDivergenceExceededException".
	//
	// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
	// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
	// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
	ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException = "TipsDivergenceExceededException"

	// ErrCodeTitleRequiredException for service response error code
	// "TitleRequiredException".
	//
	// A pull request title is required. It cannot be empty or null.
	ErrCodeTitleRequiredException = "TitleRequiredException"

	// ErrCodeTooManyTagsException for service response error code
	// "TooManyTagsException".
	//
	// The maximum number of tags for an AWS CodeCommit resource has been exceeded.
	ErrCodeTooManyTagsException = "TooManyTagsException"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type Approval added in v0.17.0 

type Approval struct {

	// The state of the approval, APPROVE or REVOKE. REVOKE states are not stored.
	ApprovalState ApprovalState `locationName:"approvalState" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user.
	UserArn *string `locationName:"userArn" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a specific approval on a pull request.

func (Approval) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s Approval) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApprovalRule added in v0.17.0 

type ApprovalRule struct {

	// The content of the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The system-generated ID of the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date the approval rule was created, in timestamp format.
	CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The date the approval rule was most recently changed, in timestamp format.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who made the most recent changes
	// to the approval rule.
	LastModifiedUser *string `locationName:"lastModifiedUser" type:"string"`

	// The approval rule template used to create the rule.
	OriginApprovalRuleTemplate *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"originApprovalRuleTemplate" type:"structure"`

	// The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule.
	RuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"ruleContentSha256" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an approval rule.

func (ApprovalRule) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ApprovalRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApprovalRuleEventMetadata added in v0.17.0 

type ApprovalRuleEventMetadata struct {

	// The content of the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The system-generated ID of the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an event for an approval rule.

func (ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata added in v0.17.0 

type ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata struct {

	// The status of the override event.
	OverrideStatus OverrideStatus `locationName:"overrideStatus" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The revision ID of the pull request when the override event occurred.
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an override event for approval rules for a pull request.

func (ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApprovalRuleTemplate added in v0.17.0 

type ApprovalRuleTemplate struct {

	// The content of the approval rule template.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateContent" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The description of the approval rule template.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateDescription" type:"string"`

	// The system-generated ID of the approval rule template.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the approval rule template.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date the approval rule template was created, in timestamp format.
	CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The date the approval rule template was most recently changed, in timestamp
	// format.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who made the most recent changes
	// to the approval rule template.
	LastModifiedUser *string `locationName:"lastModifiedUser" type:"string"`

	// The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule template.
	RuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"ruleContentSha256" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an approval rule template.

func (ApprovalRuleTemplate) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ApprovalRuleTemplate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApprovalState added in v0.17.0 

type ApprovalState string
const (
	ApprovalStateApprove ApprovalState = "APPROVE"
	ApprovalStateRevoke  ApprovalState = "REVOKE"
)

Enum values for ApprovalState

func (ApprovalState) MarshalValue added in v0.17.0 

func (enum ApprovalState) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ApprovalState) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.17.0 

func (enum ApprovalState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata added in v0.17.0 

type ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata struct {

	// The approval status for the pull request.
	ApprovalStatus ApprovalState `locationName:"approvalStatus" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The revision ID of the pull request when the approval state changed.
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a change in the approval state for a pull request.

func (ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput added in v0.17.0 

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput struct {

	// The name for the approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that you want to associate with the template.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput added in v0.17.0 

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest added in v0.17.0 

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput
	Copy  func(*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest
}

AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest is the request type for the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository API operation.

func (AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository API request.

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse added in v0.17.0 

type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse struct {
	*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse is the response type for the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository API operation.

func (*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository request.

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError added in v0.17.0 

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError struct {

	// An error code that specifies whether the repository name was not valid or
	// not found.
	ErrorCode *string `locationName:"errorCode" type:"string"`

	// An error message that provides details about why the repository name was
	// not found or not valid.
	ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where the association was not made.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about errors in a BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories operation.

func (BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput added in v0.17.0 

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput struct {

	// The name of the template you want to associate with one or more repositories.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The names of the repositories you want to associate with the template.
	//
	// The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself
	// can be empty.
	//
	// RepositoryNames is a required field
	RepositoryNames []string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput added in v0.17.0 

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of names of the repositories that have been associated with the template.
	//
	// AssociatedRepositoryNames is a required field
	AssociatedRepositoryNames []string `locationName:"associatedRepositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A list of any errors that might have occurred while attempting to create
	// the association between the template and the repositories.
	//
	// Errors is a required field
	Errors []BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError `locationName:"errors" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest added in v0.17.0 

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput
	Copy  func(*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest
}

BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest is the request type for the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories API operation.

func (BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories API request.

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse added in v0.17.0 

type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse struct {
	*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse is the response type for the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories API operation.

func (*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories request.

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError added in v0.10.0 

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError struct {

	// The name of the exception.
	//
	// ExceptionName is a required field
	ExceptionName *string `locationName:"exceptionName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path to the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The message provided by the exception.
	//
	// Message is a required field
	Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about errors in a BatchDescribeMergeConflicts operation.

func (BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput added in v0.10.0 

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts. If not specified,
	// the default is all conflict files.
	FilePaths []string `locationName:"filePaths" type:"list"`

	// The maximum number of files to include in the output.
	MaxConflictFiles *int64 `locationName:"maxConflictFiles" type:"integer"`

	// The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output.
	MaxMergeHunks *int64 `locationName:"maxMergeHunks" type:"integer"`

	// The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
	//
	// MergeOption is a required field
	MergeOption MergeOptionTypeEnum `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the merge conflicts you want to
	// review.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput added in v0.10.0 

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge base.
	BaseCommitId *string `locationName:"baseCommitId" type:"string"`

	// A list of conflicts for each file, including the conflict metadata and the
	// hunks of the differences between the files.
	//
	// Conflicts is a required field
	Conflicts []Conflict `locationName:"conflicts" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the merge
	// evaluation.
	//
	// DestinationCommitId is a required field
	DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of any errors returned while describing the merge conflicts for each
	// file.
	Errors []BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError `locationName:"errors" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
	//
	// SourceCommitId is a required field
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest added in v0.10.0 

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput
	Copy  func(*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest
}

BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest is the request type for the BatchDescribeMergeConflicts API operation.

func (BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchDescribeMergeConflicts API request.

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse added in v0.10.0 

type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse struct {
	*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse is the response type for the BatchDescribeMergeConflicts API operation.

func (*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDescribeMergeConflicts request.

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError added in v0.17.0 

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError struct {

	// An error code that specifies whether the repository name was not valid or
	// not found.
	ErrorCode *string `locationName:"errorCode" type:"string"`

	// An error message that provides details about why the repository name was
	// either not found or not valid.
	ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where the association with the template was not
	// able to be removed.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about errors in a BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories operation.

func (BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput added in v0.17.0 

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput struct {

	// The name of the template that you want to disassociate from one or more repositories.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The repository names that you want to disassociate from the approval rule
	// template.
	//
	// The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself
	// can be empty.
	//
	// RepositoryNames is a required field
	RepositoryNames []string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput added in v0.17.0 

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of repository names that have had their association with the template
	// removed.
	//
	// DisassociatedRepositoryNames is a required field
	DisassociatedRepositoryNames []string `locationName:"disassociatedRepositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A list of any errors that might have occurred while attempting to remove
	// the association between the template and the repositories.
	//
	// Errors is a required field
	Errors []BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError `locationName:"errors" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest added in v0.17.0 

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput
	Copy  func(*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest
}

BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest is the request type for the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories API operation.

func (BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories API request.

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse added in v0.17.0 

type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse struct {
	*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse is the response type for the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories API operation.

func (*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories request.

type BatchGetCommitsError added in v0.11.0 

type BatchGetCommitsError struct {

	// A commit ID that either could not be found or was not in a valid format.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// An error code that specifies whether the commit ID was not valid or not found.
	ErrorCode *string `locationName:"errorCode" type:"string"`

	// An error message that provides detail about why the commit ID either was
	// not found or was not valid.
	ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about errors in a BatchGetCommits operation.

func (BatchGetCommitsError) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s BatchGetCommitsError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetCommitsInput added in v0.11.0 

type BatchGetCommitsInput struct {

	// The full commit IDs of the commits to get information about.
	//
	// You must supply the full SHA IDs of each commit. You cannot use shortened
	// SHA IDs.
	//
	// CommitIds is a required field
	CommitIds []string `locationName:"commitIds" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the commits.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetCommitsInput) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s BatchGetCommitsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetCommitsInput) Validate added in v0.11.0 

func (s *BatchGetCommitsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetCommitsOutput added in v0.11.0 

type BatchGetCommitsOutput struct {

	// An array of commit data type objects, each of which contains information
	// about a specified commit.
	Commits []Commit `locationName:"commits" type:"list"`

	// Returns any commit IDs for which information could not be found. For example,
	// if one of the commit IDs was a shortened SHA ID or that commit was not found
	// in the specified repository, the ID returns an error object with more information.
	Errors []BatchGetCommitsError `locationName:"errors" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchGetCommitsOutput) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s BatchGetCommitsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetCommitsRequest added in v0.11.0 

type BatchGetCommitsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchGetCommitsInput
	Copy  func(*BatchGetCommitsInput) BatchGetCommitsRequest
}

BatchGetCommitsRequest is the request type for the BatchGetCommits API operation.

func (BatchGetCommitsRequest) Send added in v0.11.0 

func (r BatchGetCommitsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetCommitsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchGetCommits API request.

type BatchGetCommitsResponse added in v0.11.0 

type BatchGetCommitsResponse struct {
	*BatchGetCommitsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchGetCommitsResponse is the response type for the BatchGetCommits API operation.

func (*BatchGetCommitsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.11.0 

func (r *BatchGetCommitsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetCommits request.

type BatchGetRepositoriesInput 

type BatchGetRepositoriesInput struct {

	// The names of the repositories to get information about.
	//
	// The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself
	// can be empty.
	//
	// RepositoryNames is a required field
	RepositoryNames []string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a batch get repositories operation.

func (BatchGetRepositoriesInput) String 

func (s BatchGetRepositoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchGetRepositoriesInput) Validate 

func (s *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchGetRepositoriesOutput 

type BatchGetRepositoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of repositories returned by the batch get repositories operation.
	Repositories []RepositoryMetadata `locationName:"repositories" type:"list"`

	// Returns a list of repository names for which information could not be found.
	RepositoriesNotFound []string `locationName:"repositoriesNotFound" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a batch get repositories operation.

func (BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) String 

func (s BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchGetRepositoriesRequest 

type BatchGetRepositoriesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchGetRepositoriesInput
	Copy  func(*BatchGetRepositoriesInput) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest
}

BatchGetRepositoriesRequest is the request type for the BatchGetRepositories API operation.

func (BatchGetRepositoriesRequest) Send 

func (r BatchGetRepositoriesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetRepositoriesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchGetRepositories API request.

type BatchGetRepositoriesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type BatchGetRepositoriesResponse struct {
	*BatchGetRepositoriesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchGetRepositoriesResponse is the response type for the BatchGetRepositories API operation.

func (*BatchGetRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *BatchGetRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetRepositories request.

type BlobMetadata 

type BlobMetadata struct {

	// The full ID of the blob.
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string"`

	// The file mode permissions of the blob. File mode permission codes include:
	//
	//    * 100644 indicates read/write
	//
	//    * 100755 indicates read/write/execute
	//
	//    * 160000 indicates a submodule
	//
	//    * 120000 indicates a symlink
	Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string"`

	// The path to the blob and associated file name, if any.
	Path *string `locationName:"path" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a specific Git blob object.

func (BlobMetadata) String 

func (s BlobMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BranchInfo 

type BranchInfo struct {

	// The name of the branch.
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID of the last commit made to the branch.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a branch.

func (BranchInfo) String 

func (s BranchInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ChangeTypeEnum 

type ChangeTypeEnum string
const (
	ChangeTypeEnumA ChangeTypeEnum = "A"
	ChangeTypeEnumM ChangeTypeEnum = "M"
	ChangeTypeEnumD ChangeTypeEnum = "D"
)

Enum values for ChangeTypeEnum

func (ChangeTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ChangeTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ChangeTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ChangeTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Client added in v0.9.0 

type Client struct {
	*aws.Client
}

Client provides the API operation methods for making requests to CodeCommit. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

The client's methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(config aws.Config) *Client

New creates a new instance of the client from the provided Config.

Example: 

// Create a client from just a config.
svc := codecommit.New(myConfig)

func (*Client) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest(input *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest

AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified repository. Then, the next time a pull request is created in the repository where the destination reference (if specified) matches the destination reference (branch) for the pull request, an approval rule that matches the template conditions is automatically created for that pull request. If no destination references are specified in the template, an approval rule that matches the template contents is created for all pull requests in that repository. 

// Example sending a request using AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest.
req := client.AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository

func (*Client) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest

BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories. 

// Example sending a request using BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest.
req := client.BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories

func (*Client) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest

BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy. 

// Example sending a request using BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest.
req := client.BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchDescribeMergeConflicts

func (*Client) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest

BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more specified repositories. 

// Example sending a request using BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest.
req := client.BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories

func (*Client) BatchGetCommitsRequest added in v0.11.0 

func (c *Client) BatchGetCommitsRequest(input *BatchGetCommitsInput) BatchGetCommitsRequest

BatchGetCommitsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about the contents of one or more commits in a repository. 

// Example sending a request using BatchGetCommitsRequest.
req := client.BatchGetCommitsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchGetCommits

func (*Client) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest

BatchGetRepositoriesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about one or more repositories.

The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage. 

// Example sending a request using BatchGetRepositoriesRequest.
req := client.BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchGetRepositories

func (*Client) CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest

CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your AWS account. When you associate a template with a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates an approval rule that matches the conditions of the template for all pull requests that meet the conditions of the template. For more information, see AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository. 

// Example sending a request using CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest.
req := client.CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateApprovalRuleTemplate

func (*Client) CreateBranchRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) CreateBranchRequest

CreateBranchRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit.

Calling the create branch operation does not set a repository's default branch. To do this, call the update default branch operation. 

// Example sending a request using CreateBranchRequest.
req := client.CreateBranchRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateBranch

func (*Client) CreateCommitRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) CreateCommitRequest

CreateCommitRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates a commit for a repository on the tip of a specified branch. 

// Example sending a request using CreateCommitRequest.
req := client.CreateCommitRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateCommit

func (*Client) CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest

CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates an approval rule for a pull request. 

// Example sending a request using CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest.
req := client.CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequestApprovalRule

func (*Client) CreatePullRequestRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreatePullRequestRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) CreatePullRequestRequest

CreatePullRequestRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates a pull request in the specified repository. 

// Example sending a request using CreatePullRequestRequest.
req := client.CreatePullRequestRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequest

func (*Client) CreateRepositoryRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateRepositoryRequest(input *CreateRepositoryInput) CreateRepositoryRequest

CreateRepositoryRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates a new, empty repository. 

// Example sending a request using CreateRepositoryRequest.
req := client.CreateRepositoryRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateRepository

func (*Client) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest

CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two branches using a specified merge strategy. This can help you determine the outcome of a potential merge. This API cannot be used with the fast-forward merge strategy because that strategy does not create a merge commit.

This unreferenced merge commit can only be accessed using the GetCommit API or through git commands such as git fetch. To retrieve this commit, you must specify its commit ID or otherwise reference it. 

// Example sending a request using CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest.
req := client.CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit

func (*Client) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest

DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Deletes a specified approval rule template. Deleting a template does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest.
req := client.DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate

func (*Client) DeleteBranchRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteBranchRequest(input *DeleteBranchInput) DeleteBranchRequest

DeleteBranchRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch for the repository. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteBranchRequest.
req := client.DeleteBranchRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteBranch

func (*Client) DeleteCommentContentRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteCommentContentRequest(input *DeleteCommentContentInput) DeleteCommentContentRequest

DeleteCommentContentRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteCommentContentRequest.
req := client.DeleteCommentContentRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteCommentContent

func (*Client) DeleteFileRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteFileRequest(input *DeleteFileInput) DeleteFileRequest

DeleteFileRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Deletes a specified file from a specified branch. A commit is created on the branch that contains the revision. The file still exists in the commits earlier to the commit that contains the deletion. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteFileRequest.
req := client.DeleteFileRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteFile

func (*Client) DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest

DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request. Approval rules can be deleted from a pull request only if the pull request is open, and if the approval rule was created specifically for a pull request and not generated from an approval rule template associated with the repository where the pull request was created. You cannot delete an approval rule from a merged or closed pull request. 

// Example sending a request using DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest.
req := client.DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeletePullRequestApprovalRule

func (*Client) DeleteRepositoryRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) DeleteRepositoryRequest

DeleteRepositoryRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null repository ID is returned.

Deleting a repository also deletes all associated objects and metadata. After a repository is deleted, all future push calls to the deleted repository fail. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteRepositoryRequest.
req := client.DeleteRepositoryRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository

func (*Client) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *DescribeMergeConflictsInput) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest

DescribeMergeConflictsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy. If the merge option for the attempted merge is specified as FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, an exception is thrown. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeMergeConflictsRequest.
req := client.DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DescribeMergeConflicts

func (*Client) DescribePullRequestEventsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) DescribePullRequestEventsRequest

DescribePullRequestEventsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about one or more pull request events. 

// Example sending a request using DescribePullRequestEventsRequest.
req := client.DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DescribePullRequestEvents

func (*Client) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest(input *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest

DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests are created in the specified repository. This does not delete any approval rules previously created for pull requests through the template association. 

// Example sending a request using DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest.
req := client.DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository

func (*Client) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest

EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules. 

// Example sending a request using EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest.
req := client.EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules

func (*Client) GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest

GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about a specified approval rule template. 

// Example sending a request using GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest.
req := client.GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetApprovalRuleTemplate

func (*Client) GetBlobRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetBlobRequest(input *GetBlobInput) GetBlobRequest

GetBlobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository. 

// Example sending a request using GetBlobRequest.
req := client.GetBlobRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob

func (*Client) GetBranchRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetBranchRequest(input *GetBranchInput) GetBranchRequest

GetBranchRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the last commit ID. 

// Example sending a request using GetBranchRequest.
req := client.GetBranchRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch

func (*Client) GetCommentReactionsRequest added in v0.24.0 

func (c *Client) GetCommentReactionsRequest(input *GetCommentReactionsInput) GetCommentReactionsRequest

GetCommentReactionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about reactions to a specified comment ID. Reactions from users who have been deleted will not be included in the count. 

// Example sending a request using GetCommentReactionsRequest.
req := client.GetCommentReactionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentReactions

func (*Client) GetCommentRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetCommentRequest(input *GetCommentInput) GetCommentRequest

GetCommentRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.

Reaction counts might include numbers from user identities who were deleted after the reaction was made. For a count of reactions from active identities, use GetCommentReactions. 

// Example sending a request using GetCommentRequest.
req := client.GetCommentRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment

func (*Client) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest

GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits.

Reaction counts might include numbers from user identities who were deleted after the reaction was made. For a count of reactions from active identities, use GetCommentReactions. 

// Example sending a request using GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest.
req := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit

func (*Client) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest

GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns comments made on a pull request.

Reaction counts might include numbers from user identities who were deleted after the reaction was made. For a count of reactions from active identities, use GetCommentReactions. 

// Example sending a request using GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest.
req := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest

func (*Client) GetCommitRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetCommitRequest(input *GetCommitInput) GetCommitRequest

GetCommitRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer information. 

// Example sending a request using GetCommitRequest.
req := client.GetCommitRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit

func (*Client) GetDifferencesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetDifferencesRequest(input *GetDifferencesInput) GetDifferencesRequest

GetDifferencesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference). Results can be limited to a specified path. 

// Example sending a request using GetDifferencesRequest.
req := client.GetDifferencesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences

func (*Client) GetFileRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetFileRequest(input *GetFileInput) GetFileRequest

GetFileRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata. 

// Example sending a request using GetFileRequest.
req := client.GetFileRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFile

func (*Client) GetFolderRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetFolderRequest(input *GetFolderInput) GetFolderRequest

GetFolderRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository. 

// Example sending a request using GetFolderRequest.
req := client.GetFolderRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFolder

func (*Client) GetMergeCommitRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) GetMergeCommitRequest(input *GetMergeCommitInput) GetMergeCommitRequest

GetMergeCommitRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about a specified merge commit. 

// Example sending a request using GetMergeCommitRequest.
req := client.GetMergeCommitRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeCommit

func (*Client) GetMergeConflictsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetMergeConflictsRequest(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) GetMergeConflictsRequest

GetMergeConflictsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit IDs for a pull request in a repository. 

// Example sending a request using GetMergeConflictsRequest.
req := client.GetMergeConflictsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts

func (*Client) GetMergeOptionsRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) GetMergeOptionsRequest(input *GetMergeOptionsInput) GetMergeOptionsRequest

GetMergeOptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified branches. For details about why a merge option is not available, use GetMergeConflicts or DescribeMergeConflicts. 

// Example sending a request using GetMergeOptionsRequest.
req := client.GetMergeOptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeOptions

func (*Client) GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest(input *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest

GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request. Approval states only apply to pull requests that have one or more approval rules applied to them. 

// Example sending a request using GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest.
req := client.GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequestApprovalStates

func (*Client) GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest(input *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest

GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden) for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request. 

// Example sending a request using GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest.
req := client.GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequestOverrideState

func (*Client) GetPullRequestRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetPullRequestRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) GetPullRequestRequest

GetPullRequestRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository. 

// Example sending a request using GetPullRequestRequest.
req := client.GetPullRequestRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest

func (*Client) GetRepositoryRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) GetRepositoryRequest

GetRepositoryRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns information about a repository.

The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage. 

// Example sending a request using GetRepositoryRequest.
req := client.GetRepositoryRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository

func (*Client) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest

GetRepositoryTriggersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Gets information about triggers configured for a repository. 

// Example sending a request using GetRepositoryTriggersRequest.
req := client.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers

func (*Client) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest

ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Lists all approval rule templates in the specified AWS Region in your AWS account. If an AWS Region is not specified, the AWS Region where you are signed in is used. 

// Example sending a request using ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest.
req := client.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListApprovalRuleTemplates

func (*Client) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest

ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository. 

// Example sending a request using ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest.
req := client.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository

func (*Client) ListBranchesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListBranchesRequest(input *ListBranchesInput) ListBranchesRequest

ListBranchesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Gets information about one or more branches in a repository. 

// Example sending a request using ListBranchesRequest.
req := client.ListBranchesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches

func (*Client) ListPullRequestsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListPullRequestsRequest(input *ListPullRequestsInput) ListPullRequestsRequest

ListPullRequestsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository. The return list can be refined by pull request status or pull request author ARN. 

// Example sending a request using ListPullRequestsRequest.
req := client.ListPullRequestsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests

func (*Client) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest

ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template. 

// Example sending a request using ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest.
req := client.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate

func (*Client) ListRepositoriesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListRepositoriesRequest(input *ListRepositoriesInput) ListRepositoriesRequest

ListRepositoriesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Gets information about one or more repositories. 

// Example sending a request using ListRepositoriesRequest.
req := client.ListRepositoriesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories

func (*Client) ListTagsForResourceRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) ListTagsForResourceRequest

ListTagsForResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Gets information about AWS tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats) in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using ListTagsForResourceRequest.
req := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListTagsForResource

func (*Client) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest

MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy. 

// Example sending a request using MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest.
req := client.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByFastForward

func (*Client) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest

MergeBranchesBySquashRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy. 

// Example sending a request using MergeBranchesBySquashRequest.
req := client.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesBySquash

func (*Client) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest

MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy. 

// Example sending a request using MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest.
req := client.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByThreeWay

func (*Client) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest

MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the fast-forward merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request. 

// Example sending a request using MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest.
req := client.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward

func (*Client) MergePullRequestBySquashRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput) MergePullRequestBySquashRequest

MergePullRequestBySquashRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the squash merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request. 

// Example sending a request using MergePullRequestBySquashRequest.
req := client.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestBySquash

func (*Client) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest

MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the three-way merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request. 

// Example sending a request using MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest.
req := client.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByThreeWay

func (*Client) OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest

OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull request. 

// Example sending a request using OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest.
req := client.OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/OverridePullRequestApprovalRules

func (*Client) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest

PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits. 

// Example sending a request using PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest.
req := client.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit

func (*Client) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest

PostCommentForPullRequestRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Posts a comment on a pull request. 

// Example sending a request using PostCommentForPullRequestRequest.
req := client.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest

func (*Client) PostCommentReplyRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PostCommentReplyRequest(input *PostCommentReplyInput) PostCommentReplyRequest

PostCommentReplyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits or a pull request. 

// Example sending a request using PostCommentReplyRequest.
req := client.PostCommentReplyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply

func (*Client) PutCommentReactionRequest added in v0.24.0 

func (c *Client) PutCommentReactionRequest(input *PutCommentReactionInput) PutCommentReactionRequest

PutCommentReactionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Adds or updates a reaction to a specified comment for the user whose identity is used to make the request. You can only add or update a reaction for yourself. You cannot add, modify, or delete a reaction for another user. 

// Example sending a request using PutCommentReactionRequest.
req := client.PutCommentReactionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutCommentReaction

func (*Client) PutFileRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) PutFileRequest

PutFileRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Adds or updates a file in a branch in an AWS CodeCommit repository, and generates a commit for the addition in the specified branch. 

// Example sending a request using PutFileRequest.
req := client.PutFileRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile

func (*Client) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest

PutRepositoryTriggersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Replaces all triggers for a repository. Used to create or delete triggers. 

// Example sending a request using PutRepositoryTriggersRequest.
req := client.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers

func (*Client) TagResourceRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest

TagResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Adds or updates tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats) in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using TagResourceRequest.
req := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TagResource

func (*Client) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest

TestRepositoryTriggersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test sends data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data is generated. 

// Example sending a request using TestRepositoryTriggersRequest.
req := client.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers

func (*Client) UntagResourceRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest

UntagResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Removes tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats) in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using UntagResourceRequest.
req := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UntagResource

func (*Client) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Updates the content of an approval rule template. You can change the number of required approvals, the membership of the approval rule, and whether an approval pool is defined. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest.
req := client.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent

func (*Client) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Updates the description for a specified approval rule template. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest.
req := client.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription

func (*Client) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Updates the name of a specified approval rule template. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest.
req := client.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName

func (*Client) UpdateCommentRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateCommentRequest(input *UpdateCommentInput) UpdateCommentRequest

UpdateCommentRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Replaces the contents of a comment. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateCommentRequest.
req := client.UpdateCommentRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment

func (*Client) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest

UpdateDefaultBranchRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository.

If you use this operation to change the default branch name to the current default branch name, a success message is returned even though the default branch did not change. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateDefaultBranchRequest.
req := client.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch

func (*Client) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest

UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull request. For example, you can change the number of required approvers and the approval pool for approvers. 

// Example sending a request using UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest.
req := client.UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent

func (*Client) UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest added in v0.17.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest

UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request. The user is derived from the signed-in account when the request is made. 

// Example sending a request using UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest.
req := client.UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestApprovalState

func (*Client) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest

UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request. 

// Example sending a request using UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest.
req := client.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription

func (*Client) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest

UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Updates the status of a pull request. 

// Example sending a request using UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest.
req := client.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus

func (*Client) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest

UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Replaces the title of a pull request. 

// Example sending a request using UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest.
req := client.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle

func (*Client) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest

UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository.

The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest.
req := client.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription

func (*Client) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest

UpdateRepositoryNameRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS CodeCommit.

Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling AWS account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The suffix .git is prohibited. For more information about the limits on repository names, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html) in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateRepositoryNameRequest.
req := client.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName

type Comment added in v0.2.0 

type Comment struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the person who posted the comment.
	AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`

	// The emoji reactions to a comment, if any, submitted by the user whose credentials
	// are associated with the call to the API.
	CallerReactions []string `locationName:"callerReactions" type:"list"`

	// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
	// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
	// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
	// returns information about the initial request that used that token.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`

	// The system-generated comment ID.
	CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string"`

	// The content of the comment.
	Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string"`

	// The date and time the comment was created, in timestamp format.
	CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// A Boolean value indicating whether the comment has been deleted.
	Deleted *bool `locationName:"deleted" type:"boolean"`

	// The ID of the comment for which this comment is a reply, if any.
	InReplyTo *string `locationName:"inReplyTo" type:"string"`

	// The date and time the comment was most recently modified, in timestamp format.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// A string to integer map that represents the number of individual users who
	// have responded to a comment with the specified reactions.
	ReactionCounts map[string]int64 `locationName:"reactionCounts" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a specific comment.

func (Comment) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s Comment) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CommentsForComparedCommit added in v0.2.0 

type CommentsForComparedCommit struct {

	// The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the after of the comparison.
	AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the after of the comparison.
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the before of the comparison.
	BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the before of the comparison.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information about
	// a comment on the comparison between commits.
	Comments []Comment `locationName:"comments" type:"list"`

	// Location information about the comment on the comparison, including the file
	// name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the comment
	// was made is BEFORE or AFTER.
	Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the compared commits.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about comments on the comparison between two commits.

func (CommentsForComparedCommit) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s CommentsForComparedCommit) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CommentsForPullRequest added in v0.2.0 

type CommentsForPullRequest struct {

	// The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the source commit.
	AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the source branch at
	// the time the comment was made.
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the destination
	// commit.
	BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the destination branch
	// when the pull request was created. This commit is superceded by the after
	// commit in the source branch when and if you merge the source branch into
	// the destination branch.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information about
	// a comment on the pull request.
	Comments []Comment `locationName:"comments" type:"list"`

	// Location information about the comment on the pull request, including the
	// file name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the comment
	// was made is BEFORE (destination branch) or AFTER (source branch).
	Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about comments on a pull request.

func (CommentsForPullRequest) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s CommentsForPullRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Commit 

type Commit struct {

	// Any other data associated with the specified commit.
	AdditionalData *string `locationName:"additionalData" type:"string"`

	// Information about the author of the specified commit. Information includes
	// the date in timestamp format with GMT offset, the name of the author, and
	// the email address for the author, as configured in Git.
	Author *UserInfo `locationName:"author" type:"structure"`

	// The full SHA ID of the specified commit.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// Information about the person who committed the specified commit, also known
	// as the committer. Information includes the date in timestamp format with
	// GMT offset, the name of the committer, and the email address for the committer,
	// as configured in Git.
	//
	// For more information about the difference between an author and a committer
	// in Git, see Viewing the Commit History (http://git-scm.com/book/ch2-3.html)
	// in Pro Git by Scott Chacon and Ben Straub.
	Committer *UserInfo `locationName:"committer" type:"structure"`

	// The commit message associated with the specified commit.
	Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`

	// A list of parent commits for the specified commit. Each parent commit ID
	// is the full commit ID.
	Parents []string `locationName:"parents" type:"list"`

	// Tree information for the specified commit.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a specific commit.

func (Commit) String 

func (s Commit) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Conflict added in v0.10.0 

type Conflict struct {

	// Metadata about a conflict in a merge operation.
	ConflictMetadata *ConflictMetadata `locationName:"conflictMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// A list of hunks that contain the differences between files or lines causing
	// the conflict.
	MergeHunks []MergeHunk `locationName:"mergeHunks" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about conflicts in a merge operation.

func (Conflict) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s Conflict) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum added in v0.10.0 

type ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum string
const (
	ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnumFileLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum = "FILE_LEVEL"
	ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnumLineLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum = "LINE_LEVEL"
)

Enum values for ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum

func (ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ConflictMetadata added in v0.10.0 

type ConflictMetadata struct {

	// A boolean value indicating whether there are conflicts in the content of
	// a file.
	ContentConflict *bool `locationName:"contentConflict" type:"boolean"`

	// A boolean value indicating whether there are conflicts in the file mode of
	// a file.
	FileModeConflict *bool `locationName:"fileModeConflict" type:"boolean"`

	// The file modes of the file in the source, destination, and base of the merge.
	FileModes *FileModes `locationName:"fileModes" type:"structure"`

	// The path of the file that contains conflicts.
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string"`

	// The file sizes of the file in the source, destination, and base of the merge.
	FileSizes *FileSizes `locationName:"fileSizes" type:"structure"`

	// A boolean value (true or false) indicating whether the file is binary or
	// textual in the source, destination, and base of the merge.
	IsBinaryFile *IsBinaryFile `locationName:"isBinaryFile" type:"structure"`

	// Whether an add, modify, or delete operation caused the conflict between the
	// source and destination of the merge.
	MergeOperations *MergeOperations `locationName:"mergeOperations" type:"structure"`

	// The number of conflicts, including both hunk conflicts and metadata conflicts.
	NumberOfConflicts *int64 `locationName:"numberOfConflicts" type:"integer"`

	// A boolean value (true or false) indicating whether there are conflicts between
	// the branches in the object type of a file, folder, or submodule.
	ObjectTypeConflict *bool `locationName:"objectTypeConflict" type:"boolean"`

	// Information about any object type conflicts in a merge operation.
	ObjectTypes *ObjectTypes `locationName:"objectTypes" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the metadata for a conflict in a merge operation.

func (ConflictMetadata) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s ConflictMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConflictResolution added in v0.10.0 

type ConflictResolution struct {

	// Files to be deleted as part of the merge conflict resolution.
	DeleteFiles []DeleteFileEntry `locationName:"deleteFiles" type:"list"`

	// Files to have content replaced as part of the merge conflict resolution.
	ReplaceContents []ReplaceContentEntry `locationName:"replaceContents" type:"list"`

	// File modes that are set as part of the merge conflict resolution.
	SetFileModes []SetFileModeEntry `locationName:"setFileModes" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge.

func (ConflictResolution) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s ConflictResolution) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ConflictResolution) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *ConflictResolution) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum added in v0.10.0 

type ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum string
const (
	ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnumNone              ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum = "NONE"
	ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnumAcceptSource      ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum = "ACCEPT_SOURCE"
	ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnumAcceptDestination ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum = "ACCEPT_DESTINATION"
	ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnumAutomerge         ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum = "AUTOMERGE"
)

Enum values for ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum

func (ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput added in v0.17.0 

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {

	// The content of the approval rule that is created on pull requests in associated
	// repositories. If you specify one or more destination references (branches),
	// approval rules are created in an associated repository only if their destination
	// references (branches) match those specified in the template.
	//
	// When you create the content of the approval rule template, you can specify
	// approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
	//
	//    * CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a
	//    resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users
	//    whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful
	//    option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify
	//    the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are
	//    counted as approvals coming from that user: An IAM user in the account
	//    (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major) A federated user identified
	//    in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
	//    This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the
	//    role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major)
	//    unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
	//
	//    * Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified
	//    Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
	//
	// For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateContent is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description of the approval rule template. Consider providing a description
	// that explains what this template does and when it might be appropriate to
	// associate it with repositories.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateDescription" type:"string"`

	// The name of the approval rule template. Provide descriptive names, because
	// this name is applied to the approval rules created automatically in associated
	// repositories.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput added in v0.17.0 

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {

	// The content and structure of the created approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest
}

CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest is the request type for the CreateApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateApprovalRuleTemplate API request.

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse added in v0.17.0 

type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse struct {
	*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse is the response type for the CreateApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateApprovalRuleTemplate request.

type CreateBranchInput 

type CreateBranchInput struct {

	// The name of the new branch to create.
	//
	// BranchName is a required field
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the commit to point the new branch to.
	//
	// CommitId is a required field
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository in which you want to create the new branch.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a create branch operation.

func (CreateBranchInput) String 

func (s CreateBranchInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateBranchInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateBranchInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateBranchOutput 

type CreateBranchOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateBranchOutput) String 

func (s CreateBranchOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateBranchRequest 

type CreateBranchRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateBranchInput
	Copy  func(*CreateBranchInput) CreateBranchRequest
}

CreateBranchRequest is the request type for the CreateBranch API operation.

func (CreateBranchRequest) Send 

func (r CreateBranchRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateBranchResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateBranch API request.

type CreateBranchResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateBranchResponse struct {
	*CreateBranchOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateBranchResponse is the response type for the CreateBranch API operation.

func (*CreateBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateBranch request.

type CreateCommitInput added in v0.8.0 

type CreateCommitInput struct {

	// The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
	// both the author and committer for the commit.
	AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`

	// The name of the branch where you create the commit.
	//
	// BranchName is a required field
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The commit message you want to include in the commit. Commit messages are
	// limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is used.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The files to delete in this commit. These files still exist in earlier commits.
	DeleteFiles []DeleteFileEntry `locationName:"deleteFiles" type:"list"`

	// The email address of the person who created the commit.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
	// if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a ..gitkeep file is created
	// for empty folders. The default is false.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The ID of the commit that is the parent of the commit you create. Not required
	// if this is an empty repository.
	ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The files to add or update in this commit.
	PutFiles []PutFileEntry `locationName:"putFiles" type:"list"`

	// The name of the repository where you create the commit.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The file modes to update for files in this commit.
	SetFileModes []SetFileModeEntry `locationName:"setFileModes" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCommitInput) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s CreateCommitInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateCommitInput) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *CreateCommitInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateCommitOutput added in v0.8.0 

type CreateCommitOutput struct {

	// The full commit ID of the commit that contains your committed file changes.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// The files added as part of the committed file changes.
	FilesAdded []FileMetadata `locationName:"filesAdded" type:"list"`

	// The files deleted as part of the committed file changes.
	FilesDeleted []FileMetadata `locationName:"filesDeleted" type:"list"`

	// The files updated as part of the commited file changes.
	FilesUpdated []FileMetadata `locationName:"filesUpdated" type:"list"`

	// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
	// the commited file changes.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCommitOutput) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s CreateCommitOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateCommitRequest added in v0.8.0 

type CreateCommitRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateCommitInput
	Copy  func(*CreateCommitInput) CreateCommitRequest
}

CreateCommitRequest is the request type for the CreateCommit API operation.

func (CreateCommitRequest) Send added in v0.8.0 

func (r CreateCommitRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateCommitResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateCommit API request.

type CreateCommitResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateCommitResponse struct {
	*CreateCommitOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateCommitResponse is the response type for the CreateCommit API operation.

func (*CreateCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateCommit request.

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput added in v0.17.0 

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput struct {

	// The content of the approval rule, including the number of approvals needed
	// and the structure of an approval pool defined for approvals, if any. For
	// more information about approval pools, see the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
	//
	// When you create the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers
	// in an approval pool in one of two ways:
	//
	//    * CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a
	//    resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users
	//    whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful
	//    option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify
	//    the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following would
	//    be counted as approvals coming from that user: An IAM user in the account
	//    (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major) A federated user identified
	//    in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
	//    This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the
	//    role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major)
	//    unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
	//
	//    * Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified
	//    Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
	//
	// For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleContent is a required field
	ApprovalRuleContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the approval rule.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to create
	// the approval rule.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput added in v0.17.0 

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput struct {

	// Information about the created approval rule.
	//
	// ApprovalRule is a required field
	ApprovalRule *ApprovalRule `locationName:"approvalRule" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest added in v0.17.0 

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput
	Copy  func(*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest
}

CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest is the request type for the CreatePullRequestApprovalRule API operation.

func (CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreatePullRequestApprovalRule API request.

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse added in v0.17.0 

type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse struct {
	*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse is the response type for the CreatePullRequestApprovalRule API operation.

func (*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreatePullRequestApprovalRule request.

type CreatePullRequestInput added in v0.2.0 

type CreatePullRequestInput struct {

	// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
	// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
	// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
	// returns information about the initial request that used that token.
	//
	// The AWS SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an AWS SDK,
	// an idempotency token is created for you.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	// A description of the pull request.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The targets for the pull request, including the source of the code to be
	// reviewed (the source branch) and the destination where the creator of the
	// pull request intends the code to be merged after the pull request is closed
	// (the destination branch).
	//
	// Targets is a required field
	Targets []Target `locationName:"targets" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The title of the pull request. This title is used to identify the pull request
	// to other users in the repository.
	//
	// Title is a required field
	Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePullRequestInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s CreatePullRequestInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePullRequestInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *CreatePullRequestInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePullRequestOutput added in v0.2.0 

type CreatePullRequestOutput struct {

	// Information about the newly created pull request.
	//
	// PullRequest is a required field
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePullRequestOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s CreatePullRequestOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePullRequestRequest added in v0.2.0 

type CreatePullRequestRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreatePullRequestInput
	Copy  func(*CreatePullRequestInput) CreatePullRequestRequest
}

CreatePullRequestRequest is the request type for the CreatePullRequest API operation.

func (CreatePullRequestRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r CreatePullRequestRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreatePullRequestResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreatePullRequest API request.

type CreatePullRequestResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreatePullRequestResponse struct {
	*CreatePullRequestOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreatePullRequestResponse is the response type for the CreatePullRequest API operation.

func (*CreatePullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreatePullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreatePullRequest request.

type CreateRepositoryInput 

type CreateRepositoryInput struct {

	// A comment or description about the new repository.
	//
	// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
	// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
	// and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code.
	// Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that
	// uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.
	RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`

	// The name of the new repository to be created.
	//
	// The repository name must be unique across the calling AWS account. Repository
	// names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and
	// cannot include certain characters. For more information about the limits
	// on repository names, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html)
	// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix .git is prohibited.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// One or more tag key-value pairs to use when tagging this repository.
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a create repository operation.

func (CreateRepositoryInput) String 

func (s CreateRepositoryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateRepositoryInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateRepositoryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateRepositoryOutput 

type CreateRepositoryOutput struct {

	// Information about the newly created repository.
	RepositoryMetadata *RepositoryMetadata `locationName:"repositoryMetadata" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a create repository operation.

func (CreateRepositoryOutput) String 

func (s CreateRepositoryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateRepositoryRequest 

type CreateRepositoryRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateRepositoryInput
	Copy  func(*CreateRepositoryInput) CreateRepositoryRequest
}

CreateRepositoryRequest is the request type for the CreateRepository API operation.

func (CreateRepositoryRequest) Send 

func (r CreateRepositoryRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateRepositoryResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateRepository API request.

type CreateRepositoryResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateRepositoryResponse struct {
	*CreateRepositoryOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateRepositoryResponse is the response type for the CreateRepository API operation.

func (*CreateRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateRepository request.

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput added in v0.10.0 

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput struct {

	// The name of the author who created the unreferenced commit. This information
	// is used as both the author and committer for the commit.
	AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`

	// The commit message for the unreferenced commit.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
	// when resolving conflicts during a merge.
	ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The email address for the person who created the unreferenced commit.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
	// if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
	// file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
	//
	// MergeOption is a required field
	MergeOption MergeOptionTypeEnum `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to create the unreferenced merge
	// commit.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitOutput added in v0.10.0 

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitOutput struct {

	// The full commit ID of the commit that contains your merge results.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
	// the merge results.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest added in v0.10.0 

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput
	Copy  func(*CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest
}

CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest is the request type for the CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit API operation.

func (CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit API request.

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse added in v0.10.0 

type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse struct {
	*CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse is the response type for the CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit API operation.

func (*CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateUnreferencedMergeCommit request.

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput added in v0.17.0 

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule template to delete.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput added in v0.17.0 

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the deleted approval rule template. If the template
	// has been previously deleted, the only response is a 200 OK.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateId is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest
}

DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest is the request type for the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate API request.

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse added in v0.17.0 

type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse struct {
	*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse is the response type for the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate request.

type DeleteBranchInput added in v0.2.0 

type DeleteBranchInput struct {

	// The name of the branch to delete.
	//
	// BranchName is a required field
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the branch to be deleted.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a delete branch operation.

func (DeleteBranchInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DeleteBranchInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteBranchInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *DeleteBranchInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteBranchOutput added in v0.2.0 

type DeleteBranchOutput struct {

	// Information about the branch deleted by the operation, including the branch
	// name and the commit ID that was the tip of the branch.
	DeletedBranch *BranchInfo `locationName:"deletedBranch" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a delete branch operation.

func (DeleteBranchOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DeleteBranchOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteBranchRequest added in v0.2.0 

type DeleteBranchRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteBranchInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteBranchInput) DeleteBranchRequest
}

DeleteBranchRequest is the request type for the DeleteBranch API operation.

func (DeleteBranchRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r DeleteBranchRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteBranchResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteBranch API request.

type DeleteBranchResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteBranchResponse struct {
	*DeleteBranchOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteBranchResponse is the response type for the DeleteBranch API operation.

func (*DeleteBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteBranch request.

type DeleteCommentContentInput added in v0.2.0 

type DeleteCommentContentInput struct {

	// The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit
	// or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
	//
	// CommentId is a required field
	CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCommentContentInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DeleteCommentContentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteCommentContentInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *DeleteCommentContentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteCommentContentOutput added in v0.2.0 

type DeleteCommentContentOutput struct {

	// Information about the comment you just deleted.
	Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCommentContentOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DeleteCommentContentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteCommentContentRequest added in v0.2.0 

type DeleteCommentContentRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteCommentContentInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteCommentContentInput) DeleteCommentContentRequest
}

DeleteCommentContentRequest is the request type for the DeleteCommentContent API operation.

func (DeleteCommentContentRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r DeleteCommentContentRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteCommentContentResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteCommentContent API request.

type DeleteCommentContentResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteCommentContentResponse struct {
	*DeleteCommentContentOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteCommentContentResponse is the response type for the DeleteCommentContent API operation.

func (*DeleteCommentContentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteCommentContentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteCommentContent request.

type DeleteFileEntry added in v0.8.0 

type DeleteFileEntry struct {

	// The full path of the file to be deleted, including the name of the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A file that is deleted as part of a commit.

func (DeleteFileEntry) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s DeleteFileEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteFileEntry) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *DeleteFileEntry) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteFileInput added in v0.5.0 

type DeleteFileInput struct {

	// The name of the branch where the commit that deletes the file is made.
	//
	// BranchName is a required field
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The commit message you want to include as part of deleting the file. Commit
	// messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message
	// is used.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The email address for the commit that deletes the file. If no email address
	// is specified, the email address is left blank.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// The fully qualified path to the file that to be deleted, including the full
	// name and extension of that file. For example, /examples/file.md is a fully
	// qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// If a file is the only object in the folder or directory, specifies whether
	// to delete the folder or directory that contains the file. By default, empty
	// folders are deleted. This includes empty folders that are part of the directory
	// structure. For example, if the path to a file is dir1/dir2/dir3/dir4, and
	// dir2 and dir3 are empty, deleting the last file in dir4 also deletes the
	// empty folders dir4, dir3, and dir2.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the author of the commit that deletes the file. If no name is
	// specified, the user's ARN is used as the author name and committer name.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The ID of the commit that is the tip of the branch where you want to create
	// the commit that deletes the file. This must be the HEAD commit for the branch.
	// The commit that deletes the file is created from this commit ID.
	//
	// ParentCommitId is a required field
	ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the file to delete.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteFileInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s DeleteFileInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteFileInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DeleteFileInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteFileOutput added in v0.5.0 

type DeleteFileOutput struct {

	// The blob ID removed from the tree as part of deleting the file.
	//
	// BlobId is a required field
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit that contains the change that deletes the
	// file.
	//
	// CommitId is a required field
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The fully qualified path to the file to be deleted, including the full name
	// and extension of that file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
	// the delete file change.
	//
	// TreeId is a required field
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteFileOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s DeleteFileOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteFileRequest added in v0.5.0 

type DeleteFileRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteFileInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteFileInput) DeleteFileRequest
}

DeleteFileRequest is the request type for the DeleteFile API operation.

func (DeleteFileRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r DeleteFileRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteFileResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteFile API request.

type DeleteFileResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteFileResponse struct {
	*DeleteFileOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteFileResponse is the response type for the DeleteFile API operation.

func (*DeleteFileResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteFileResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteFile request.

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput added in v0.17.0 

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule you want to delete.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request that contains the approval rule
	// you want to delete.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput added in v0.17.0 

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput struct {

	// The ID of the deleted approval rule.
	//
	// If the approval rule was deleted in an earlier API call, the response is
	// 200 OK without content.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleId is a required field
	ApprovalRuleId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest added in v0.17.0 

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput
	Copy  func(*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest
}

DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest is the request type for the DeletePullRequestApprovalRule API operation.

func (DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeletePullRequestApprovalRule API request.

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse added in v0.17.0 

type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse struct {
	*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse is the response type for the DeletePullRequestApprovalRule API operation.

func (*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeletePullRequestApprovalRule request.

type DeleteRepositoryInput 

type DeleteRepositoryInput struct {

	// The name of the repository to delete.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a delete repository operation.

func (DeleteRepositoryInput) String 

func (s DeleteRepositoryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteRepositoryInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteRepositoryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteRepositoryOutput 

type DeleteRepositoryOutput struct {

	// The ID of the repository that was deleted.
	RepositoryId *string `locationName:"repositoryId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a delete repository operation.

func (DeleteRepositoryOutput) String 

func (s DeleteRepositoryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteRepositoryRequest 

type DeleteRepositoryRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteRepositoryInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteRepositoryInput) DeleteRepositoryRequest
}

DeleteRepositoryRequest is the request type for the DeleteRepository API operation.

func (DeleteRepositoryRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteRepositoryRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteRepositoryResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteRepository API request.

type DeleteRepositoryResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteRepositoryResponse struct {
	*DeleteRepositoryOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteRepositoryResponse is the response type for the DeleteRepository API operation.

func (*DeleteRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteRepository request.

type DescribeMergeConflictsInput added in v0.10.0 

type DescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path of the target files used to describe the conflicts.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum number of merge hunks to include in the output.
	MaxMergeHunks *int64 `locationName:"maxMergeHunks" type:"integer"`

	// The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
	//
	// MergeOption is a required field
	MergeOption MergeOptionTypeEnum `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to get information about a merge
	// conflict.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeMergeConflictsInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s DescribeMergeConflictsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMergeConflictsInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *DescribeMergeConflictsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeMergeConflictsOutput added in v0.10.0 

type DescribeMergeConflictsOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge base.
	BaseCommitId *string `locationName:"baseCommitId" type:"string"`

	// Contains metadata about the conflicts found in the merge.
	//
	// ConflictMetadata is a required field
	ConflictMetadata *ConflictMetadata `locationName:"conflictMetadata" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the merge
	// evaluation.
	//
	// DestinationCommitId is a required field
	DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of merge hunks of the differences between the files or lines.
	//
	// MergeHunks is a required field
	MergeHunks []MergeHunk `locationName:"mergeHunks" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
	//
	// SourceCommitId is a required field
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeMergeConflictsOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s DescribeMergeConflictsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeMergeConflictsPaginator added in v0.10.0 

type DescribeMergeConflictsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeMergeConflictsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeMergeConflictsPaginator added in v0.10.0 

func NewDescribeMergeConflictsPaginator(req DescribeMergeConflictsRequest) DescribeMergeConflictsPaginator

NewDescribeMergeConflictsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeMergeConflicts. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewDescribeMergeConflictsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeMergeConflictsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.10.0 

func (p *DescribeMergeConflictsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeMergeConflictsOutput

type DescribeMergeConflictsRequest added in v0.10.0 

type DescribeMergeConflictsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeMergeConflictsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeMergeConflictsInput) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest
}

DescribeMergeConflictsRequest is the request type for the DescribeMergeConflicts API operation.

func (DescribeMergeConflictsRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r DescribeMergeConflictsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeMergeConflictsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeMergeConflicts API request.

type DescribeMergeConflictsResponse added in v0.10.0 

type DescribeMergeConflictsResponse struct {
	*DescribeMergeConflictsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeMergeConflictsResponse is the response type for the DescribeMergeConflicts API operation.

func (*DescribeMergeConflictsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *DescribeMergeConflictsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeMergeConflicts request.

type DescribePullRequestEventsInput added in v0.2.0 

type DescribePullRequestEventsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
	// event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or changing
	// the status of a pull request.
	ActorArn *string `locationName:"actorArn" type:"string"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	// The default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of events that
	// can be returned in a result.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. The pull request event type about which you want to return information.
	PullRequestEventType PullRequestEventType `locationName:"pullRequestEventType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribePullRequestEventsInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DescribePullRequestEventsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribePullRequestEventsInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribePullRequestEventsOutput added in v0.2.0 

type DescribePullRequestEventsOutput struct {

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Information about the pull request events.
	//
	// PullRequestEvents is a required field
	PullRequestEvents []PullRequestEvent `locationName:"pullRequestEvents" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribePullRequestEventsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribePullRequestEventsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribePullRequestEventsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribePullRequestEventsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribePullRequestEventsPaginator(req DescribePullRequestEventsRequest) DescribePullRequestEventsPaginator

NewDescribePullRequestEventsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribePullRequestEvents. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewDescribePullRequestEventsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribePullRequestEventsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribePullRequestEventsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput

type DescribePullRequestEventsRequest added in v0.2.0 

type DescribePullRequestEventsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribePullRequestEventsInput) DescribePullRequestEventsRequest
}

DescribePullRequestEventsRequest is the request type for the DescribePullRequestEvents API operation.

func (DescribePullRequestEventsRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r DescribePullRequestEventsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribePullRequestEventsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribePullRequestEvents API request.

type DescribePullRequestEventsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribePullRequestEventsResponse struct {
	*DescribePullRequestEventsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribePullRequestEventsResponse is the response type for the DescribePullRequestEvents API operation.

func (*DescribePullRequestEventsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribePullRequestEventsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribePullRequestEvents request.

type Difference 

type Difference struct {

	// Information about an afterBlob data type object, including the ID, the file
	// mode permission code, and the path.
	AfterBlob *BlobMetadata `locationName:"afterBlob" type:"structure"`

	// Information about a beforeBlob data type object, including the ID, the file
	// mode permission code, and the path.
	BeforeBlob *BlobMetadata `locationName:"beforeBlob" type:"structure"`

	// Whether the change type of the difference is an addition (A), deletion (D),
	// or modification (M).
	ChangeType ChangeTypeEnum `locationName:"changeType" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a set of differences for a commit specifier.

func (Difference) String 

func (s Difference) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput added in v0.17.0 

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule template to disassociate from a specified repository.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository you want to disassociate from the template.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput added in v0.17.0 

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest added in v0.17.0 

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput
	Copy  func(*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest
}

DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest is the request type for the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository API operation.

func (DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository API request.

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse added in v0.17.0 

type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse struct {
	*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse is the response type for the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository API operation.

func (*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository request.

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput added in v0.17.0 

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request you want to evaluate.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID for the pull request revision. To retrieve the most
	// recent revision ID for a pull request, use GetPullRequest.
	//
	// RevisionId is a required field
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput added in v0.17.0 

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput struct {

	// The result of the evaluation, including the names of the rules whose conditions
	// have been met (if any), the names of the rules whose conditions have not
	// been met (if any), whether the pull request is in the approved state, and
	// whether the pull request approval rule has been set aside by an override.
	//
	// Evaluation is a required field
	Evaluation *Evaluation `locationName:"evaluation" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest added in v0.17.0 

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput
	Copy  func(*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest
}

EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest is the request type for the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules API operation.

func (EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules API request.

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse added in v0.17.0 

type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse struct {
	*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse is the response type for the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules API operation.

func (*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules request.

type Evaluation added in v0.17.0 

type Evaluation struct {

	// The names of the approval rules that have not had their conditions met.
	ApprovalRulesNotSatisfied []string `locationName:"approvalRulesNotSatisfied" type:"list"`

	// The names of the approval rules that have had their conditions met.
	ApprovalRulesSatisfied []string `locationName:"approvalRulesSatisfied" type:"list"`

	// Whether the state of the pull request is approved.
	Approved *bool `locationName:"approved" type:"boolean"`

	// Whether the approval rule requirements for the pull request have been overridden
	// and no longer need to be met.
	Overridden *bool `locationName:"overridden" type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about the approval rules applied to a pull request and whether conditions have been met.

func (Evaluation) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s Evaluation) String() string

String returns the string representation

type File added in v0.5.0 

type File struct {

	// The fully qualified path to the file in the repository.
	AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`

	// The blob ID that contains the file information.
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string"`

	// The extrapolated file mode permissions for the file. Valid values include
	// EXECUTABLE and NORMAL.
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The relative path of the file from the folder where the query originated.
	RelativePath *string `locationName:"relativePath" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a file in a repository.

func (File) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s File) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FileMetadata added in v0.8.0 

type FileMetadata struct {

	// The full path to the file to be added or updated, including the name of the
	// file.
	AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`

	// The blob ID that contains the file information.
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string"`

	// The extrapolated file mode permissions for the file. Valid values include
	// EXECUTABLE and NORMAL.
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A file to be added, updated, or deleted as part of a commit.

func (FileMetadata) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s FileMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FileModeTypeEnum added in v0.3.0 

type FileModeTypeEnum string
const (
	FileModeTypeEnumExecutable FileModeTypeEnum = "EXECUTABLE"
	FileModeTypeEnumNormal     FileModeTypeEnum = "NORMAL"
	FileModeTypeEnumSymlink    FileModeTypeEnum = "SYMLINK"
)

Enum values for FileModeTypeEnum

func (FileModeTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum FileModeTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (FileModeTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum FileModeTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type FileModes added in v0.10.0 

type FileModes struct {

	// The file mode of a file in the base of a merge or pull request.
	Base FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"base" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The file mode of a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
	Destination FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"destination" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The file mode of a file in the source of a merge or pull request.
	Source FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about file modes in a merge or pull request.

func (FileModes) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s FileModes) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FileSizes added in v0.10.0 

type FileSizes struct {

	// The size of a file in the base of a merge or pull request.
	Base *int64 `locationName:"base" type:"long"`

	// The size of a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
	Destination *int64 `locationName:"destination" type:"long"`

	// The size of a file in the source of a merge or pull request.
	Source *int64 `locationName:"source" type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the size of files in a merge or pull request.

func (FileSizes) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s FileSizes) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Folder added in v0.5.0 

type Folder struct {

	// The fully qualified path of the folder in the repository.
	AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`

	// The relative path of the specified folder from the folder where the query
	// originated.
	RelativePath *string `locationName:"relativePath" type:"string"`

	// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
	// the folder.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a folder in a repository.

func (Folder) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s Folder) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput added in v0.17.0 

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule template for which you want to get information.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput added in v0.17.0 

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {

	// The content and structure of the approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest
}

GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest is the request type for the GetApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetApprovalRuleTemplate API request.

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse added in v0.17.0 

type GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse struct {
	*GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse is the response type for the GetApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (*GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *GetApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetApprovalRuleTemplate request.

type GetBlobInput 

type GetBlobInput struct {

	// The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.
	//
	// BlobId is a required field
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the blob.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a get blob operation.

func (GetBlobInput) String 

func (s GetBlobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBlobInput) Validate 

func (s *GetBlobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBlobOutput 

type GetBlobOutput struct {

	// The content of the blob, usually a file.
	//
	// Content is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	//
	// Content is a required field
	Content []byte `locationName:"content" type:"blob" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a get blob operation.

func (GetBlobOutput) String 

func (s GetBlobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBlobRequest 

type GetBlobRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetBlobInput
	Copy  func(*GetBlobInput) GetBlobRequest
}

GetBlobRequest is the request type for the GetBlob API operation.

func (GetBlobRequest) Send 

func (r GetBlobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetBlobResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetBlob API request.

type GetBlobResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetBlobResponse struct {
	*GetBlobOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetBlobResponse is the response type for the GetBlob API operation.

func (*GetBlobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetBlobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetBlob request.

type GetBranchInput 

type GetBranchInput struct {

	// The name of the branch for which you want to retrieve information.
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the branch for which you want to
	// retrieve information.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a get branch operation.

func (GetBranchInput) String 

func (s GetBranchInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetBranchInput) Validate 

func (s *GetBranchInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetBranchOutput 

type GetBranchOutput struct {

	// The name of the branch.
	Branch *BranchInfo `locationName:"branch" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a get branch operation.

func (GetBranchOutput) String 

func (s GetBranchOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetBranchRequest 

type GetBranchRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetBranchInput
	Copy  func(*GetBranchInput) GetBranchRequest
}

GetBranchRequest is the request type for the GetBranch API operation.

func (GetBranchRequest) Send 

func (r GetBranchRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetBranchResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetBranch API request.

type GetBranchResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetBranchResponse struct {
	*GetBranchOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetBranchResponse is the response type for the GetBranch API operation.

func (*GetBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetBranch request.

type GetCommentInput added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentInput struct {

	// The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit
	// or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
	//
	// CommentId is a required field
	CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetCommentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCommentInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *GetCommentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCommentOutput added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentOutput struct {

	// The contents of the comment.
	Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetCommentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCommentReactionsInput added in v0.24.0 

type GetCommentReactionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the comment for which you want to get reactions information.
	//
	// CommentId is a required field
	CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	// The default is the same as the allowed maximum, 1,000.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity for which
	// you want to get reaction information.
	ReactionUserArn *string `locationName:"reactionUserArn" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentReactionsInput) String added in v0.24.0 

func (s GetCommentReactionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCommentReactionsInput) Validate added in v0.24.0 

func (s *GetCommentReactionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCommentReactionsOutput added in v0.24.0 

type GetCommentReactionsOutput struct {

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// An array of reactions to the specified comment.
	//
	// ReactionsForComment is a required field
	ReactionsForComment []ReactionForComment `locationName:"reactionsForComment" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentReactionsOutput) String added in v0.24.0 

func (s GetCommentReactionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCommentReactionsPaginator added in v0.24.0 

type GetCommentReactionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

GetCommentReactionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewGetCommentReactionsPaginator added in v0.24.0 

func NewGetCommentReactionsPaginator(req GetCommentReactionsRequest) GetCommentReactionsPaginator

NewGetCommentReactionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetCommentReactions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.GetCommentReactionsRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewGetCommentReactionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*GetCommentReactionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.24.0 

func (p *GetCommentReactionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetCommentReactionsOutput

type GetCommentReactionsRequest added in v0.24.0 

type GetCommentReactionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetCommentReactionsInput
	Copy  func(*GetCommentReactionsInput) GetCommentReactionsRequest
}

GetCommentReactionsRequest is the request type for the GetCommentReactions API operation.

func (GetCommentReactionsRequest) Send added in v0.24.0 

func (r GetCommentReactionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCommentReactionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetCommentReactions API request.

type GetCommentReactionsResponse added in v0.24.0 

type GetCommentReactionsResponse struct {
	*GetCommentReactionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCommentReactionsResponse is the response type for the GetCommentReactions API operation.

func (*GetCommentReactionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.24.0 

func (r *GetCommentReactionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCommentReactions request.

type GetCommentRequest added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetCommentInput
	Copy  func(*GetCommentInput) GetCommentRequest
}

GetCommentRequest is the request type for the GetComment API operation.

func (GetCommentRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r GetCommentRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCommentResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetComment API request.

type GetCommentResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetCommentResponse struct {
	*GetCommentOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCommentResponse is the response type for the GetComment API operation.

func (*GetCommentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetCommentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetComment request.

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput struct {

	// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
	// the after commit.
	//
	// AfterCommitId is a required field
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
	// the before commit.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	// The default is 100 comments, but you can configure up to 500.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to compare commits.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput struct {

	// A list of comment objects on the compared commit.
	CommentsForComparedCommitData []CommentsForComparedCommit `locationName:"commentsForComparedCommitData" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

GetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewGetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewGetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator(req GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator

NewGetCommentsForComparedCommitRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetCommentsForComparedCommit. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewGetCommentsForComparedCommitRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *GetCommentsForComparedCommitPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput
	Copy  func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest
}

GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest is the request type for the GetCommentsForComparedCommit API operation.

func (GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetCommentsForComparedCommit API request.

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse struct {
	*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse is the response type for the GetCommentsForComparedCommit API operation.

func (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetCommentsForComparedCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCommentsForComparedCommit request.

type GetCommentsForPullRequestInput added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentsForPullRequestInput struct {

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip of
	// the branch at the time the comment was made.
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip
	// of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	// The default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments with a single
	// request.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput struct {

	// An array of comment objects on the pull request.
	CommentsForPullRequestData []CommentsForPullRequest `locationName:"commentsForPullRequestData" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type GetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

GetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewGetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewGetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator(req GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest) GetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator

NewGetCommentsForPullRequestRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetCommentsForPullRequest. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewGetCommentsForPullRequestRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*GetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *GetCommentsForPullRequestPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput

type GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest added in v0.2.0 

type GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput
	Copy  func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest
}

GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest is the request type for the GetCommentsForPullRequest API operation.

func (GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetCommentsForPullRequest API request.

type GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse struct {
	*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse is the response type for the GetCommentsForPullRequest API operation.

func (*GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetCommentsForPullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCommentsForPullRequest request.

type GetCommitInput 

type GetCommitInput struct {

	// The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA ID of the commit.
	//
	// CommitId is a required field
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository to which the commit was made.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a get commit operation.

func (GetCommitInput) String 

func (s GetCommitInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetCommitInput) Validate 

func (s *GetCommitInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetCommitOutput 

type GetCommitOutput struct {

	// A commit data type object that contains information about the specified commit.
	//
	// Commit is a required field
	Commit *Commit `locationName:"commit" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a get commit operation.

func (GetCommitOutput) String 

func (s GetCommitOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetCommitRequest 

type GetCommitRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetCommitInput
	Copy  func(*GetCommitInput) GetCommitRequest
}

GetCommitRequest is the request type for the GetCommit API operation.

func (GetCommitRequest) Send 

func (r GetCommitRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCommitResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetCommit API request.

type GetCommitResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetCommitResponse struct {
	*GetCommitOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCommitResponse is the response type for the GetCommit API operation.

func (*GetCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCommit request.

type GetDifferencesInput 

type GetDifferencesInput struct {

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit.
	//
	// AfterCommitSpecifier is a required field
	AfterCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"afterCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The file path in which to check differences. Limits the results to this path.
	// Can also be used to specify the changed name of a directory or folder, if
	// it has changed. If not specified, differences are shown for all paths.
	AfterPath *string `locationName:"afterPath" type:"string"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, the full commit ID). Optional. If not specified, all
	// changes before the afterCommitSpecifier value are shown. If you do not use
	// beforeCommitSpecifier in your request, consider limiting the results with
	// maxResults.
	BeforeCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"beforeCommitSpecifier" type:"string"`

	// The file path in which to check for differences. Limits the results to this
	// path. Can also be used to specify the previous name of a directory or folder.
	// If beforePath and afterPath are not specified, differences are shown for
	// all paths.
	BeforePath *string `locationName:"beforePath" type:"string"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to get differences.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDifferencesInput) String 

func (s GetDifferencesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetDifferencesInput) Validate 

func (s *GetDifferencesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetDifferencesOutput 

type GetDifferencesOutput struct {

	// A data type object that contains information about the differences, including
	// whether the difference is added, modified, or deleted (A, D, M).
	Differences []Difference `locationName:"differences" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDifferencesOutput) String 

func (s GetDifferencesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetDifferencesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type GetDifferencesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

GetDifferencesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewGetDifferencesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewGetDifferencesPaginator(req GetDifferencesRequest) GetDifferencesPaginator

NewGetDifferencesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetDifferences. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewGetDifferencesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*GetDifferencesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *GetDifferencesPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetDifferencesOutput

type GetDifferencesRequest 

type GetDifferencesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetDifferencesInput
	Copy  func(*GetDifferencesInput) GetDifferencesRequest
}

GetDifferencesRequest is the request type for the GetDifferences API operation.

func (GetDifferencesRequest) Send 

func (r GetDifferencesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDifferencesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetDifferences API request.

type GetDifferencesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetDifferencesResponse struct {
	*GetDifferencesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetDifferencesResponse is the response type for the GetDifferences API operation.

func (*GetDifferencesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetDifferencesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDifferences request.

type GetFileInput added in v0.5.0 

type GetFileInput struct {

	// The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains the
	// file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch name,
	// or a reference such as refs/heads/master. If none is provided, the head commit
	// is used.
	CommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"commitSpecifier" type:"string"`

	// The fully qualified path to the file, including the full name and extension
	// of the file. For example, /examples/file.md is the fully qualified path to
	// a file named file.md in a folder named examples.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the file.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetFileInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s GetFileInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetFileInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *GetFileInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetFileOutput added in v0.5.0 

type GetFileOutput struct {

	// The blob ID of the object that represents the file content.
	//
	// BlobId is a required field
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit that contains the content returned by GetFile.
	//
	// CommitId is a required field
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The base-64 encoded binary data object that represents the content of the
	// file.
	//
	// FileContent is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	//
	// FileContent is a required field
	FileContent []byte `locationName:"fileContent" type:"blob" required:"true"`

	// The extrapolated file mode permissions of the blob. Valid values include
	// strings such as EXECUTABLE and not numeric values.
	//
	// The file mode permissions returned by this API are not the standard file
	// mode permission values, such as 100644, but rather extrapolated values. See
	// the supported return values.
	//
	// FileMode is a required field
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The fully qualified path to the specified file. Returns the name and extension
	// of the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The size of the contents of the file, in bytes.
	//
	// FileSize is a required field
	FileSize *int64 `locationName:"fileSize" type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetFileOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s GetFileOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetFileRequest added in v0.5.0 

type GetFileRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetFileInput
	Copy  func(*GetFileInput) GetFileRequest
}

GetFileRequest is the request type for the GetFile API operation.

func (GetFileRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r GetFileRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetFileResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetFile API request.

type GetFileResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetFileResponse struct {
	*GetFileOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetFileResponse is the response type for the GetFile API operation.

func (*GetFileResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetFileResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetFile request.

type GetFolderInput added in v0.5.0 

type GetFolderInput struct {

	// A fully qualified reference used to identify a commit that contains the version
	// of the folder's content to return. A fully qualified reference can be a commit
	// ID, branch name, tag, or reference such as HEAD. If no specifier is provided,
	// the folder content is returned as it exists in the HEAD commit.
	CommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"commitSpecifier" type:"string"`

	// The fully qualified path to the folder whose contents are returned, including
	// the folder name. For example, /examples is a fully-qualified path to a folder
	// named examples that was created off of the root directory (/) of a repository.
	//
	// FolderPath is a required field
	FolderPath *string `locationName:"folderPath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetFolderInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s GetFolderInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetFolderInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *GetFolderInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetFolderOutput added in v0.5.0 

type GetFolderOutput struct {

	// The full commit ID used as a reference for the returned version of the folder
	// content.
	//
	// CommitId is a required field
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The list of files in the specified folder, if any.
	Files []File `locationName:"files" type:"list"`

	// The fully qualified path of the folder whose contents are returned.
	//
	// FolderPath is a required field
	FolderPath *string `locationName:"folderPath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The list of folders that exist under the specified folder, if any.
	SubFolders []Folder `locationName:"subFolders" type:"list"`

	// The list of submodules in the specified folder, if any.
	SubModules []SubModule `locationName:"subModules" type:"list"`

	// The list of symbolic links to other files and folders in the specified folder,
	// if any.
	SymbolicLinks []SymbolicLink `locationName:"symbolicLinks" type:"list"`

	// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
	// the folder.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetFolderOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s GetFolderOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetFolderRequest added in v0.5.0 

type GetFolderRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetFolderInput
	Copy  func(*GetFolderInput) GetFolderRequest
}

GetFolderRequest is the request type for the GetFolder API operation.

func (GetFolderRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r GetFolderRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetFolderResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetFolder API request.

type GetFolderResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetFolderResponse struct {
	*GetFolderOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetFolderResponse is the response type for the GetFolder API operation.

func (*GetFolderResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetFolderResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetFolder request.

type GetMergeCommitInput added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeCommitInput struct {

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the merge commit about which you
	// want to get information.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMergeCommitInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s GetMergeCommitInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMergeCommitInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *GetMergeCommitInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMergeCommitOutput added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeCommitOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge base.
	BaseCommitId *string `locationName:"baseCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the merge
	// evaluation.
	DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID for the merge commit created when the source branch was merged
	// into the destination branch. If the fast-forward merge strategy was used,
	// there is no merge commit.
	MergedCommitId *string `locationName:"mergedCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMergeCommitOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s GetMergeCommitOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMergeCommitRequest added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeCommitRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetMergeCommitInput
	Copy  func(*GetMergeCommitInput) GetMergeCommitRequest
}

GetMergeCommitRequest is the request type for the GetMergeCommit API operation.

func (GetMergeCommitRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r GetMergeCommitRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMergeCommitResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetMergeCommit API request.

type GetMergeCommitResponse added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeCommitResponse struct {
	*GetMergeCommitOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetMergeCommitResponse is the response type for the GetMergeCommit API operation.

func (*GetMergeCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *GetMergeCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMergeCommit request.

type GetMergeConflictsInput added in v0.2.0 

type GetMergeConflictsInput struct {

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum number of files to include in the output.
	MaxConflictFiles *int64 `locationName:"maxConflictFiles" type:"integer"`

	// The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
	//
	// MergeOption is a required field
	MergeOption MergeOptionTypeEnum `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMergeConflictsInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetMergeConflictsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMergeConflictsInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *GetMergeConflictsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMergeConflictsOutput added in v0.2.0 

type GetMergeConflictsOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge base.
	BaseCommitId *string `locationName:"baseCommitId" type:"string"`

	// A list of metadata for any conflicting files. If the specified merge strategy
	// is FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, this list is always empty.
	//
	// ConflictMetadataList is a required field
	ConflictMetadataList []ConflictMetadata `locationName:"conflictMetadataList" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the merge
	// evaluation.
	//
	// DestinationCommitId is a required field
	DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A Boolean value that indicates whether the code is mergeable by the specified
	// merge option.
	//
	// Mergeable is a required field
	Mergeable *bool `locationName:"mergeable" type:"boolean" required:"true"`

	// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
	//
	// SourceCommitId is a required field
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMergeConflictsOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetMergeConflictsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMergeConflictsPaginator added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeConflictsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

GetMergeConflictsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewGetMergeConflictsPaginator added in v0.10.0 

func NewGetMergeConflictsPaginator(req GetMergeConflictsRequest) GetMergeConflictsPaginator

NewGetMergeConflictsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetMergeConflicts. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewGetMergeConflictsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*GetMergeConflictsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.10.0 

func (p *GetMergeConflictsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetMergeConflictsOutput

type GetMergeConflictsRequest added in v0.2.0 

type GetMergeConflictsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetMergeConflictsInput
	Copy  func(*GetMergeConflictsInput) GetMergeConflictsRequest
}

GetMergeConflictsRequest is the request type for the GetMergeConflicts API operation.

func (GetMergeConflictsRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r GetMergeConflictsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMergeConflictsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetMergeConflicts API request.

type GetMergeConflictsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetMergeConflictsResponse struct {
	*GetMergeConflictsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetMergeConflictsResponse is the response type for the GetMergeConflicts API operation.

func (*GetMergeConflictsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetMergeConflictsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMergeConflicts request.

type GetMergeOptionsInput added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeOptionsInput struct {

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the commits about which you want
	// to get merge options.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMergeOptionsInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s GetMergeOptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetMergeOptionsInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *GetMergeOptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetMergeOptionsOutput added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeOptionsOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge base.
	//
	// BaseCommitId is a required field
	BaseCommitId *string `locationName:"baseCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the merge
	// evaluation.
	//
	// DestinationCommitId is a required field
	DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The merge option or strategy used to merge the code.
	//
	// MergeOptions is a required field
	MergeOptions []MergeOptionTypeEnum `locationName:"mergeOptions" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
	//
	// SourceCommitId is a required field
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMergeOptionsOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s GetMergeOptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetMergeOptionsRequest added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeOptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetMergeOptionsInput
	Copy  func(*GetMergeOptionsInput) GetMergeOptionsRequest
}

GetMergeOptionsRequest is the request type for the GetMergeOptions API operation.

func (GetMergeOptionsRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r GetMergeOptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMergeOptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetMergeOptions API request.

type GetMergeOptionsResponse added in v0.10.0 

type GetMergeOptionsResponse struct {
	*GetMergeOptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetMergeOptionsResponse is the response type for the GetMergeOptions API operation.

func (*GetMergeOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *GetMergeOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMergeOptions request.

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID for the pull request.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID for the pull request revision.
	//
	// RevisionId is a required field
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput struct {

	// Information about users who have approved the pull request.
	Approvals []Approval `locationName:"approvals" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput
	Copy  func(*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest
}

GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest is the request type for the GetPullRequestApprovalStates API operation.

func (GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetPullRequestApprovalStates API request.

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse struct {
	*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse is the response type for the GetPullRequestApprovalStates API operation.

func (*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPullRequestApprovalStates request.

type GetPullRequestInput added in v0.2.0 

type GetPullRequestInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPullRequestInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetPullRequestInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPullRequestInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *GetPullRequestInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPullRequestOutput added in v0.2.0 

type GetPullRequestOutput struct {

	// Information about the specified pull request.
	//
	// PullRequest is a required field
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPullRequestOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s GetPullRequestOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput struct {

	// The ID of the pull request for which you want to get information about whether
	// approval rules have been set aside (overridden).
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the revision for the pull request. To retrieve
	// the most recent revision ID, use GetPullRequest.
	//
	// RevisionId is a required field
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput struct {

	// A Boolean value that indicates whether a pull request has had its rules set
	// aside (TRUE) or whether all approval rules still apply (FALSE).
	Overridden *bool `locationName:"overridden" type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the
	// rules and their requirements for the pull request.
	Overrider *string `locationName:"overrider" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput
	Copy  func(*GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest
}

GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest is the request type for the GetPullRequestOverrideState API operation.

func (GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetPullRequestOverrideState API request.

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse added in v0.17.0 

type GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse struct {
	*GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse is the response type for the GetPullRequestOverrideState API operation.

func (*GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *GetPullRequestOverrideStateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPullRequestOverrideState request.

type GetPullRequestRequest added in v0.2.0 

type GetPullRequestRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetPullRequestInput
	Copy  func(*GetPullRequestInput) GetPullRequestRequest
}

GetPullRequestRequest is the request type for the GetPullRequest API operation.

func (GetPullRequestRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r GetPullRequestRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPullRequestResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetPullRequest API request.

type GetPullRequestResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetPullRequestResponse struct {
	*GetPullRequestOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetPullRequestResponse is the response type for the GetPullRequest API operation.

func (*GetPullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetPullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPullRequest request.

type GetRepositoryInput 

type GetRepositoryInput struct {

	// The name of the repository to get information about.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a get repository operation.

func (GetRepositoryInput) String 

func (s GetRepositoryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetRepositoryInput) Validate 

func (s *GetRepositoryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetRepositoryOutput 

type GetRepositoryOutput struct {

	// Information about the repository.
	RepositoryMetadata *RepositoryMetadata `locationName:"repositoryMetadata" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a get repository operation.

func (GetRepositoryOutput) String 

func (s GetRepositoryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetRepositoryRequest 

type GetRepositoryRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetRepositoryInput
	Copy  func(*GetRepositoryInput) GetRepositoryRequest
}

GetRepositoryRequest is the request type for the GetRepository API operation.

func (GetRepositoryRequest) Send 

func (r GetRepositoryRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetRepositoryResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetRepository API request.

type GetRepositoryResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetRepositoryResponse struct {
	*GetRepositoryOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetRepositoryResponse is the response type for the GetRepository API operation.

func (*GetRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetRepository request.

type GetRepositoryTriggersInput 

type GetRepositoryTriggersInput struct {

	// The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a get repository triggers operation.

func (GetRepositoryTriggersInput) String 

func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate 

func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetRepositoryTriggersOutput 

type GetRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {

	// The system-generated unique ID for the trigger.
	ConfigurationId *string `locationName:"configurationId" type:"string"`

	// The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
	Triggers []RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a get repository triggers operation.

func (GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) String 

func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetRepositoryTriggersRequest 

type GetRepositoryTriggersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput
	Copy  func(*GetRepositoryTriggersInput) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest
}

GetRepositoryTriggersRequest is the request type for the GetRepositoryTriggers API operation.

func (GetRepositoryTriggersRequest) Send 

func (r GetRepositoryTriggersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetRepositoryTriggersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetRepositoryTriggers API request.

type GetRepositoryTriggersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetRepositoryTriggersResponse struct {
	*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetRepositoryTriggersResponse is the response type for the GetRepositoryTriggers API operation.

func (*GetRepositoryTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetRepositoryTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetRepositoryTriggers request.

type IsBinaryFile added in v0.10.0 

type IsBinaryFile struct {

	// The binary or non-binary status of a file in the base of a merge or pull
	// request.
	Base *bool `locationName:"base" type:"boolean"`

	// The binary or non-binary status of a file in the destination of a merge or
	// pull request.
	Destination *bool `locationName:"destination" type:"boolean"`

	// The binary or non-binary status of file in the source of a merge or pull
	// request.
	Source *bool `locationName:"source" type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about whether a file is binary or textual in a merge or pull request operation.

func (IsBinaryFile) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s IsBinaryFile) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput added in v0.17.0 

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput struct {

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput added in v0.17.0 

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput struct {

	// The names of all the approval rule templates found in the AWS Region for
	// your AWS account.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateNames []string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateNames" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
	// of the operation.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator added in v0.17.0 

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator added in v0.17.0 

func NewListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator(req ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator

NewListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListApprovalRuleTemplates. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.17.0 

func (p *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest added in v0.17.0 

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput
	Copy  func(*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest
}

ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest is the request type for the ListApprovalRuleTemplates API operation.

func (ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListApprovalRuleTemplates API request.

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse added in v0.17.0 

type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse struct {
	*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse is the response type for the ListApprovalRuleTemplates API operation.

func (*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListApprovalRuleTemplates request.

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput added in v0.17.0 

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput struct {

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository for which you want to list all associated approval
	// rule templates.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput added in v0.17.0 

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput struct {

	// The names of all approval rule templates associated with the repository.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateNames []string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateNames" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
	// of the operation.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator added in v0.17.0 

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator added in v0.17.0 

func NewListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator(req ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator

NewListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.17.0 

func (p *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest added in v0.17.0 

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput
	Copy  func(*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest
}

ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest is the request type for the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository API operation.

func (ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository API request.

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse added in v0.17.0 

type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse struct {
	*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse is the response type for the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository API operation.

func (*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository request.

type ListBranchesInput 

type ListBranchesInput struct {

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the branches.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a list branches operation.

func (ListBranchesInput) String 

func (s ListBranchesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListBranchesInput) Validate 

func (s *ListBranchesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListBranchesOutput 

type ListBranchesOutput struct {

	// The list of branch names.
	Branches []string `locationName:"branches" type:"list"`

	// An enumeration token that returns the batch of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a list branches operation.

func (ListBranchesOutput) String 

func (s ListBranchesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListBranchesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListBranchesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListBranchesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListBranchesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListBranchesPaginator(req ListBranchesRequest) ListBranchesPaginator

NewListBranchesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListBranches. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListBranchesRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewListBranchesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListBranchesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListBranchesPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListBranchesOutput

type ListBranchesRequest 

type ListBranchesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListBranchesInput
	Copy  func(*ListBranchesInput) ListBranchesRequest
}

ListBranchesRequest is the request type for the ListBranches API operation.

func (ListBranchesRequest) Send 

func (r ListBranchesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListBranchesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListBranches API request.

type ListBranchesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListBranchesResponse struct {
	*ListBranchesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListBranchesResponse is the response type for the ListBranches API operation.

func (*ListBranchesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListBranchesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListBranches request.

type ListPullRequestsInput added in v0.2.0 

type ListPullRequestsInput struct {

	// Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull
	// request. If used, this filters the results to pull requests created by that
	// user.
	AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. The status of the pull request. If used, this refines the results
	// to the pull requests that match the specified status.
	PullRequestStatus PullRequestStatusEnum `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The name of the repository for which you want to list pull requests.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPullRequestsInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s ListPullRequestsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListPullRequestsInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListPullRequestsOutput added in v0.2.0 

type ListPullRequestsOutput struct {

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
	// of the operation.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The system-generated IDs of the pull requests.
	//
	// PullRequestIds is a required field
	PullRequestIds []string `locationName:"pullRequestIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPullRequestsOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s ListPullRequestsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListPullRequestsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListPullRequestsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListPullRequestsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListPullRequestsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListPullRequestsPaginator(req ListPullRequestsRequest) ListPullRequestsPaginator

NewListPullRequestsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListPullRequests. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewListPullRequestsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListPullRequestsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListPullRequestsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListPullRequestsOutput

type ListPullRequestsRequest added in v0.2.0 

type ListPullRequestsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListPullRequestsInput
	Copy  func(*ListPullRequestsInput) ListPullRequestsRequest
}

ListPullRequestsRequest is the request type for the ListPullRequests API operation.

func (ListPullRequestsRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r ListPullRequestsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListPullRequestsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListPullRequests API request.

type ListPullRequestsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListPullRequestsResponse struct {
	*ListPullRequestsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListPullRequestsResponse is the response type for the ListPullRequests API operation.

func (*ListPullRequestsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListPullRequestsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListPullRequests request.

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput added in v0.17.0 

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule template for which you want to list repositories
	// that are associated with that template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput added in v0.17.0 

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
	// of the operation.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// A list of repository names that are associated with the specified approval
	// rule template.
	RepositoryNames []string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator added in v0.17.0 

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator added in v0.17.0 

func NewListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator(req ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator

NewListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.17.0 

func (p *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePaginator) CurrentPage() *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest added in v0.17.0 

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest
}

ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest is the request type for the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate API request.

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse added in v0.17.0 

type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse struct {
	*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse is the response type for the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate API operation.

func (*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate request.

type ListRepositoriesInput 

type ListRepositoriesInput struct {

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the
	// operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations. When the
	// client sends the token back to AWS CodeCommit, another page of 1,000 records
	// is retrieved.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The order in which to sort the results of a list repositories operation.
	Order OrderEnum `locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The criteria used to sort the results of a list repositories operation.
	SortBy SortByEnum `locationName:"sortBy" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a list repositories operation.

func (ListRepositoriesInput) String 

func (s ListRepositoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListRepositoriesOutput 

type ListRepositoriesOutput struct {

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the
	// operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations. When the
	// client sends the token back to AWS CodeCommit, another page of 1,000 records
	// is retrieved.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Lists the repositories called by the list repositories operation.
	Repositories []RepositoryNameIdPair `locationName:"repositories" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a list repositories operation.

func (ListRepositoriesOutput) String 

func (s ListRepositoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListRepositoriesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListRepositoriesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListRepositoriesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListRepositoriesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListRepositoriesPaginator(req ListRepositoriesRequest) ListRepositoriesPaginator

NewListRepositoriesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListRepositories. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
p := codecommit.NewListRepositoriesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListRepositoriesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListRepositoriesPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListRepositoriesOutput

type ListRepositoriesRequest 

type ListRepositoriesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListRepositoriesInput
	Copy  func(*ListRepositoriesInput) ListRepositoriesRequest
}

ListRepositoriesRequest is the request type for the ListRepositories API operation.

func (ListRepositoriesRequest) Send 

func (r ListRepositoriesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListRepositoriesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListRepositories API request.

type ListRepositoriesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListRepositoriesResponse struct {
	*ListRepositoriesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListRepositoriesResponse is the response type for the ListRepositories API operation.

func (*ListRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListRepositoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListRepositories request.

type ListTagsForResourceInput added in v0.10.0 

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {

	// An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
	// of the results.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to get
	// information about tags, if any.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListTagsForResourceOutput added in v0.10.0 

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {

	// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
	// of the operation.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// A list of tag key and value pairs associated with the specified resource.
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTagsForResourceRequest added in v0.10.0 

type ListTagsForResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListTagsForResourceInput
	Copy  func(*ListTagsForResourceInput) ListTagsForResourceRequest
}

ListTagsForResourceRequest is the request type for the ListTagsForResource API operation.

func (ListTagsForResourceRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r ListTagsForResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListTagsForResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListTagsForResource API request.

type ListTagsForResourceResponse added in v0.10.0 

type ListTagsForResourceResponse struct {
	*ListTagsForResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListTagsForResourceResponse is the response type for the ListTagsForResource API operation.

func (*ListTagsForResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *ListTagsForResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListTagsForResource request.

type Location added in v0.2.0 

type Location struct {

	// The name of the file being compared, including its extension and subdirectory,
	// if any.
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string"`

	// The position of a change in a compared file, in line number format.
	FilePosition *int64 `locationName:"filePosition" type:"long"`

	// In a comparison of commits or a pull request, whether the change is in the
	// before or after of that comparison.
	RelativeFileVersion RelativeFileVersionEnum `locationName:"relativeFileVersion" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about the location of a change or comment in the comparison between two commits or a pull request.

func (Location) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s Location) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput struct {

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch where the merge is applied.
	TargetBranch *string `locationName:"targetBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// The tree ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput
	Copy  func(*MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest
}

MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest is the request type for the MergeBranchesByFastForward API operation.

func (MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the MergeBranchesByFastForward API request.

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse struct {
	*MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse is the response type for the MergeBranchesByFastForward API operation.

func (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *MergeBranchesByFastForwardResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the MergeBranchesByFastForward request.

type MergeBranchesBySquashInput added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesBySquashInput struct {

	// The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
	// both the author and committer for the commit.
	AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`

	// The commit message for the merge.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
	// when resolving conflicts during a merge.
	ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
	// used in the commit information for the merge.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
	// if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
	// file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch where the merge is applied.
	TargetBranch *string `locationName:"targetBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergeBranchesBySquashInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeBranchesBySquashInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MergeBranchesBySquashInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *MergeBranchesBySquashInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MergeBranchesBySquashOutput added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesBySquashOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// The tree ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergeBranchesBySquashOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeBranchesBySquashOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeBranchesBySquashRequest added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesBySquashRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput
	Copy  func(*MergeBranchesBySquashInput) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest
}

MergeBranchesBySquashRequest is the request type for the MergeBranchesBySquash API operation.

func (MergeBranchesBySquashRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r MergeBranchesBySquashRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*MergeBranchesBySquashResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the MergeBranchesBySquash API request.

type MergeBranchesBySquashResponse added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesBySquashResponse struct {
	*MergeBranchesBySquashOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MergeBranchesBySquashResponse is the response type for the MergeBranchesBySquash API operation.

func (*MergeBranchesBySquashResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *MergeBranchesBySquashResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the MergeBranchesBySquash request.

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput struct {

	// The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
	// both the author and committer for the commit.
	AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`

	// The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
	// when resolving conflicts during a merge.
	ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
	DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
	// used in the commit information for the merge.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
	// if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created
	// for empty folders. The default is false.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
	// a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
	//
	// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
	SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch where the merge is applied.
	TargetBranch *string `locationName:"targetBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput struct {

	// The commit ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// The tree ID of the merge in the destination or target branch.
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput
	Copy  func(*MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest
}

MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest is the request type for the MergeBranchesByThreeWay API operation.

func (MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the MergeBranchesByThreeWay API request.

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse added in v0.10.0 

type MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse struct {
	*MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse is the response type for the MergeBranchesByThreeWay API operation.

func (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *MergeBranchesByThreeWayResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the MergeBranchesByThreeWay request.

type MergeHunk added in v0.10.0 

type MergeHunk struct {

	// Information about the merge hunk in the base of a merge or pull request.
	Base *MergeHunkDetail `locationName:"base" type:"structure"`

	// Information about the merge hunk in the destination of a merge or pull request.
	Destination *MergeHunkDetail `locationName:"destination" type:"structure"`

	// A Boolean value indicating whether a combination of hunks contains a conflict.
	// Conflicts occur when the same file or the same lines in a file were modified
	// in both the source and destination of a merge or pull request. Valid values
	// include true, false, and null. True when the hunk represents a conflict and
	// one or more files contains a line conflict. File mode conflicts in a merge
	// do not set this to true.
	IsConflict *bool `locationName:"isConflict" type:"boolean"`

	// Information about the merge hunk in the source of a merge or pull request.
	Source *MergeHunkDetail `locationName:"source" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about merge hunks in a merge or pull request operation.

func (MergeHunk) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeHunk) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeHunkDetail added in v0.10.0 

type MergeHunkDetail struct {

	// The end position of the hunk in the merge result.
	EndLine *int64 `locationName:"endLine" type:"integer"`

	// The base-64 encoded content of the hunk merged region that might contain
	// a conflict.
	HunkContent *string `locationName:"hunkContent" type:"string"`

	// The start position of the hunk in the merge result.
	StartLine *int64 `locationName:"startLine" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the details of a merge hunk that contains a conflict in a merge or pull request operation.

func (MergeHunkDetail) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeHunkDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeMetadata added in v0.2.0 

type MergeMetadata struct {

	// A Boolean value indicating whether the merge has been made.
	IsMerged *bool `locationName:"isMerged" type:"boolean"`

	// The commit ID for the merge commit, if any.
	MergeCommitId *string `locationName:"mergeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The merge strategy used in the merge.
	MergeOption MergeOptionTypeEnum `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who merged the branches.
	MergedBy *string `locationName:"mergedBy" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a merge or potential merge between a source reference and a destination reference in a pull request.

func (MergeMetadata) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s MergeMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeOperations added in v0.10.0 

type MergeOperations struct {

	// The operation on a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
	Destination ChangeTypeEnum `locationName:"destination" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The operation (add, modify, or delete) on a file in the source of a merge
	// or pull request.
	Source ChangeTypeEnum `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the file operation conflicts in a merge operation.

func (MergeOperations) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergeOperations) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergeOptionTypeEnum added in v0.2.0 

type MergeOptionTypeEnum string
const (
	MergeOptionTypeEnumFastForwardMerge MergeOptionTypeEnum = "FAST_FORWARD_MERGE"
	MergeOptionTypeEnumSquashMerge      MergeOptionTypeEnum = "SQUASH_MERGE"
	MergeOptionTypeEnumThreeWayMerge    MergeOptionTypeEnum = "THREE_WAY_MERGE"
)

Enum values for MergeOptionTypeEnum

func (MergeOptionTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MergeOptionTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MergeOptionTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MergeOptionTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput added in v0.2.0 

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
	// source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current
	// commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput added in v0.2.0 

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput struct {

	// Information about the specified pull request, including the merge.
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest added in v0.2.0 

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput
	Copy  func(*MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest
}

MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest is the request type for the MergePullRequestByFastForward API operation.

func (MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the MergePullRequestByFastForward API request.

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse added in v0.9.0 

type MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse struct {
	*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse is the response type for the MergePullRequestByFastForward API operation.

func (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *MergePullRequestByFastForwardResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the MergePullRequestByFastForward request.

type MergePullRequestBySquashInput added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestBySquashInput struct {

	// The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
	// both the author and committer for the commit.
	AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`

	// The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
	// when resolving conflicts during a merge.
	ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
	// used in the commit information for the merge.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
	// if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created
	// for empty folders. The default is false.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
	// source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current
	// commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergePullRequestBySquashInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergePullRequestBySquashInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MergePullRequestBySquashInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *MergePullRequestBySquashInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MergePullRequestBySquashOutput added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestBySquashOutput struct {

	// Returns information about a pull request.
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergePullRequestBySquashOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergePullRequestBySquashOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergePullRequestBySquashRequest added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestBySquashRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput
	Copy  func(*MergePullRequestBySquashInput) MergePullRequestBySquashRequest
}

MergePullRequestBySquashRequest is the request type for the MergePullRequestBySquash API operation.

func (MergePullRequestBySquashRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r MergePullRequestBySquashRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*MergePullRequestBySquashResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the MergePullRequestBySquash API request.

type MergePullRequestBySquashResponse added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestBySquashResponse struct {
	*MergePullRequestBySquashOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MergePullRequestBySquashResponse is the response type for the MergePullRequestBySquash API operation.

func (*MergePullRequestBySquashResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *MergePullRequestBySquashResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the MergePullRequestBySquash request.

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput struct {

	// The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
	// both the author and committer for the commit.
	AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`

	// The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
	// is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
	// in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
	// mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
	ConflictDetailLevel ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
	// when resolving conflicts during a merge.
	ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
	// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
	// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
	// is successful.
	ConflictResolutionStrategy ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
	// used in the commit information for the merge.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
	// if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created
	// for empty folders. The default is false.
	KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
	// source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current
	// commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput struct {

	// Returns information about a pull request.
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput
	Copy  func(*MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest
}

MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest is the request type for the MergePullRequestByThreeWay API operation.

func (MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the MergePullRequestByThreeWay API request.

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse added in v0.10.0 

type MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse struct {
	*MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse is the response type for the MergePullRequestByThreeWay API operation.

func (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *MergePullRequestByThreeWayResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the MergePullRequestByThreeWay request.

type ObjectTypeEnum added in v0.10.0 

type ObjectTypeEnum string
const (
	ObjectTypeEnumFile         ObjectTypeEnum = "FILE"
	ObjectTypeEnumDirectory    ObjectTypeEnum = "DIRECTORY"
	ObjectTypeEnumGitLink      ObjectTypeEnum = "GIT_LINK"
	ObjectTypeEnumSymbolicLink ObjectTypeEnum = "SYMBOLIC_LINK"
)

Enum values for ObjectTypeEnum

func (ObjectTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ObjectTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ObjectTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ObjectTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ObjectTypes added in v0.10.0 

type ObjectTypes struct {

	// The type of the object in the base commit of the merge.
	Base ObjectTypeEnum `locationName:"base" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The type of the object in the destination branch.
	Destination ObjectTypeEnum `locationName:"destination" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The type of the object in the source branch.
	Source ObjectTypeEnum `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the type of an object in a merge operation.

func (ObjectTypes) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s ObjectTypes) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OrderEnum 

type OrderEnum string
const (
	OrderEnumAscending  OrderEnum = "ascending"
	OrderEnumDescending OrderEnum = "descending"
)

Enum values for OrderEnum

func (OrderEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum OrderEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (OrderEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum OrderEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type OriginApprovalRuleTemplate added in v0.17.0 

type OriginApprovalRuleTemplate struct {

	// The ID of the template that created the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the template that created the approval rule.
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about the template that created the approval rule for a pull request.

func (OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput added in v0.17.0 

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput struct {

	// Whether you want to set aside approval rule requirements for the pull request
	// (OVERRIDE) or revoke a previous override and apply approval rule requirements
	// (REVOKE). REVOKE status is not stored.
	//
	// OverrideStatus is a required field
	OverrideStatus OverrideStatus `locationName:"overrideStatus" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to override
	// all approval rule requirements. To get this information, use GetPullRequest.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the most recent revision of the pull request.
	// You cannot override approval rules for anything but the most recent revision
	// of a pull request. To get the revision ID, use GetPullRequest.
	//
	// RevisionId is a required field
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput added in v0.17.0 

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest added in v0.17.0 

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput
	Copy  func(*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest
}

OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest is the request type for the OverridePullRequestApprovalRules API operation.

func (OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the OverridePullRequestApprovalRules API request.

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse added in v0.17.0 

type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse struct {
	*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse is the response type for the OverridePullRequestApprovalRules API operation.

func (*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the OverridePullRequestApprovalRules request.

type OverrideStatus added in v0.17.0 

type OverrideStatus string
const (
	OverrideStatusOverride OverrideStatus = "OVERRIDE"
	OverrideStatusRevoke   OverrideStatus = "REVOKE"
)

Enum values for OverrideStatus

func (OverrideStatus) MarshalValue added in v0.17.0 

func (enum OverrideStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (OverrideStatus) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.17.0 

func (enum OverrideStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type PostCommentForComparedCommitInput added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentForComparedCommitInput struct {

	// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
	// the after commit.
	//
	// AfterCommitId is a required field
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
	// the before commit. Required for commenting on any commit unless that commit
	// is the initial commit.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
	// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
	// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
	// returns information about the initial request that used that token.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	// The content of the comment you want to make.
	//
	// Content is a required field
	Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The location of the comparison where you want to comment.
	Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on the comparison
	// between commits.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput struct {

	// In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the after blob.
	AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`

	// In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the after commit.
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`

	// In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the before blob.
	BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`

	// In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the before commit.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The content of the comment you posted.
	Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`

	// The location of the comment in the comparison between the two commits.
	Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the repository where you posted a comment on the comparison between
	// commits.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput
	Copy  func(*PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest
}

PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest is the request type for the PostCommentForComparedCommit API operation.

func (PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PostCommentForComparedCommit API request.

type PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse struct {
	*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse is the response type for the PostCommentForComparedCommit API operation.

func (*PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PostCommentForComparedCommitResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PostCommentForComparedCommit request.

type PostCommentForPullRequestInput added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentForPullRequestInput struct {

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that is the current
	// tip of the branch for the pull request when you post the comment.
	//
	// AfterCommitId is a required field
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip
	// of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
	//
	// BeforeCommitId is a required field
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
	// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
	// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
	// returns information about the initial request that used that token.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	// The content of your comment on the change.
	//
	// Content is a required field
	Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The location of the change where you want to post your comment. If no location
	// is provided, the comment is posted as a general comment on the pull request
	// difference between the before commit ID and the after commit ID.
	Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on a pull request.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PostCommentForPullRequestInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PostCommentForPullRequestInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PostCommentForPullRequestInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PostCommentForPullRequestOutput added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentForPullRequestOutput struct {

	// In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the after blob.
	AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch where the pull
	// request is merged.
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`

	// In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the before blob.
	BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch used to create the
	// pull request, or in the case of an updated pull request, the full commit
	// ID of the commit used to update the pull request.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The content of the comment you posted.
	Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`

	// The location of the change where you posted your comment.
	Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where you posted a comment on a pull request.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PostCommentForPullRequestRequest added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentForPullRequestRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput
	Copy  func(*PostCommentForPullRequestInput) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest
}

PostCommentForPullRequestRequest is the request type for the PostCommentForPullRequest API operation.

func (PostCommentForPullRequestRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r PostCommentForPullRequestRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PostCommentForPullRequestResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PostCommentForPullRequest API request.

type PostCommentForPullRequestResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PostCommentForPullRequestResponse struct {
	*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PostCommentForPullRequestResponse is the response type for the PostCommentForPullRequest API operation.

func (*PostCommentForPullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PostCommentForPullRequestResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PostCommentForPullRequest request.

type PostCommentReplyInput added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentReplyInput struct {

	// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
	// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
	// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
	// returns information about the initial request that used that token.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	// The contents of your reply to a comment.
	//
	// Content is a required field
	Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the comment to which you want to reply. To get
	// this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
	//
	// InReplyTo is a required field
	InReplyTo *string `locationName:"inReplyTo" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PostCommentReplyInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PostCommentReplyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PostCommentReplyInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *PostCommentReplyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PostCommentReplyOutput added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentReplyOutput struct {

	// Information about the reply to a comment.
	Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PostCommentReplyOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PostCommentReplyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PostCommentReplyRequest added in v0.2.0 

type PostCommentReplyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PostCommentReplyInput
	Copy  func(*PostCommentReplyInput) PostCommentReplyRequest
}

PostCommentReplyRequest is the request type for the PostCommentReply API operation.

func (PostCommentReplyRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r PostCommentReplyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PostCommentReplyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PostCommentReply API request.

type PostCommentReplyResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PostCommentReplyResponse struct {
	*PostCommentReplyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PostCommentReplyResponse is the response type for the PostCommentReply API operation.

func (*PostCommentReplyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PostCommentReplyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PostCommentReply request.

type PullRequest added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequest struct {

	// The approval rules applied to the pull request.
	ApprovalRules []ApprovalRule `locationName:"approvalRules" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull request.
	AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`

	// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
	// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
	// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
	// returns information about the initial request that used that token.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`

	// The date and time the pull request was originally created, in timestamp format.
	CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The user-defined description of the pull request. This description can be
	// used to clarify what should be reviewed and other details of the request.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The day and time of the last user or system activity on the pull request,
	// in timestamp format.
	LastActivityDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastActivityDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`

	// The status of the pull request. Pull request status can only change from
	// OPEN to CLOSED.
	PullRequestStatus PullRequestStatusEnum `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The targets of the pull request, including the source branch and destination
	// branch for the pull request.
	PullRequestTargets []PullRequestTarget `locationName:"pullRequestTargets" type:"list"`

	// The system-generated revision ID for the pull request.
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string"`

	// The user-defined title of the pull request. This title is displayed in the
	// list of pull requests to other repository users.
	Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a pull request.

func (PullRequest) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PullRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata added in v0.5.0 

type PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata struct {

	// The commit ID of the tip of the branch specified as the destination branch
	// when the pull request was created.
	DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the destination
	// branch have in common.
	MergeBase *string `locationName:"mergeBase" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID on the source branch used when the pull request was created.
	SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Metadata about the pull request that is used when comparing the pull request source with its destination.

func (PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PullRequestEvent added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestEvent struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
	// event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or changing
	// the status of a pull request.
	ActorArn *string `locationName:"actorArn" type:"string"`

	// Information about a pull request event.
	ApprovalRuleEventMetadata *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata `locationName:"approvalRuleEventMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// Information about an approval rule override event for a pull request.
	ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata `locationName:"approvalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// Information about an approval state change for a pull request.
	ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata `locationName:"approvalStateChangedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// The day and time of the pull request event, in timestamp format.
	EventDate *time.Time `locationName:"eventDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// Information about the source and destination branches for the pull request.
	PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata *PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// The type of the pull request event (for example, a status change event (PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED)
	// or update event (PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED)).
	PullRequestEventType PullRequestEventType `locationName:"pullRequestEventType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`

	// Information about the change in mergability state for the pull request event.
	PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// Information about the updated source branch for the pull request event.
	PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// Information about the change in status for the pull request event.
	PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata *PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a pull request event.

func (PullRequestEvent) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PullRequestEvent) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PullRequestEventType added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestEventType string
const (
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestCreated                PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_CREATED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestStatusChanged          PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestSourceReferenceUpdated PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestMergeStateChanged      PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_MERGE_STATE_CHANGED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleCreated    PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_CREATED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleUpdated    PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_UPDATED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleDeleted    PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_DELETED"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleOverridden PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_OVERRIDDEN"
	PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalStateChanged   PullRequestEventType = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_STATE_CHANGED"
)

Enum values for PullRequestEventType

func (PullRequestEventType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum PullRequestEventType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (PullRequestEventType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum PullRequestEventType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata struct {

	// The name of the branch that the pull request is merged into.
	DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`

	// Information about the merge state change event.
	MergeMetadata *MergeMetadata `locationName:"mergeMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about the change in the merge state for a pull request event.

func (PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata struct {

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip of
	// the branch at the time the pull request was updated.
	AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip
	// of the branch at the time the pull request was updated.
	BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the destination
	// branch have in common.
	MergeBase *string `locationName:"mergeBase" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where the pull request was updated.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about an update to the source branch of a pull request.

func (PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata struct {

	// The changed status of the pull request.
	PullRequestStatus PullRequestStatusEnum `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a change to the status of a pull request.

func (PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PullRequestStatusEnum added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestStatusEnum string
const (
	PullRequestStatusEnumOpen   PullRequestStatusEnum = "OPEN"
	PullRequestStatusEnumClosed PullRequestStatusEnum = "CLOSED"
)

Enum values for PullRequestStatusEnum

func (PullRequestStatusEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum PullRequestStatusEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (PullRequestStatusEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum PullRequestStatusEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type PullRequestTarget added in v0.2.0 

type PullRequestTarget struct {

	// The full commit ID that is the tip of the destination branch. This is the
	// commit where the pull request was or will be merged.
	DestinationCommit *string `locationName:"destinationCommit" type:"string"`

	// The branch of the repository where the pull request changes are merged. Also
	// known as the destination branch.
	DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the destination
	// branch have in common.
	MergeBase *string `locationName:"mergeBase" type:"string"`

	// Returns metadata about the state of the merge, including whether the merge
	// has been made.
	MergeMetadata *MergeMetadata `locationName:"mergeMetadata" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the pull request source and destination
	// branches.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the tip of the source branch used to create the pull
	// request. If the pull request branch is updated by a push while the pull request
	// is open, the commit ID changes to reflect the new tip of the branch.
	SourceCommit *string `locationName:"sourceCommit" type:"string"`

	// The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull request.
	// Also known as the source branch.
	SourceReference *string `locationName:"sourceReference" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a pull request target.

func (PullRequestTarget) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s PullRequestTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutCommentReactionInput added in v0.24.0 

type PutCommentReactionInput struct {

	// The ID of the comment to which you want to add or update a reaction.
	//
	// CommentId is a required field
	CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The emoji reaction you want to add or update. To remove a reaction, provide
	// a value of blank or null. You can also provide the value of none. For information
	// about emoji reaction values supported in AWS CodeCommit, see the AWS CodeCommit
	// User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/how-to-commit-comment.html#emoji-reaction-table).
	//
	// ReactionValue is a required field
	ReactionValue *string `locationName:"reactionValue" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutCommentReactionInput) String added in v0.24.0 

func (s PutCommentReactionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutCommentReactionInput) Validate added in v0.24.0 

func (s *PutCommentReactionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutCommentReactionOutput added in v0.24.0 

type PutCommentReactionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutCommentReactionOutput) String added in v0.24.0 

func (s PutCommentReactionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutCommentReactionRequest added in v0.24.0 

type PutCommentReactionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PutCommentReactionInput
	Copy  func(*PutCommentReactionInput) PutCommentReactionRequest
}

PutCommentReactionRequest is the request type for the PutCommentReaction API operation.

func (PutCommentReactionRequest) Send added in v0.24.0 

func (r PutCommentReactionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PutCommentReactionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PutCommentReaction API request.

type PutCommentReactionResponse added in v0.24.0 

type PutCommentReactionResponse struct {
	*PutCommentReactionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PutCommentReactionResponse is the response type for the PutCommentReaction API operation.

func (*PutCommentReactionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.24.0 

func (r *PutCommentReactionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PutCommentReaction request.

type PutFileEntry added in v0.8.0 

type PutFileEntry struct {

	// The content of the file, if a source file is not specified.
	//
	// FileContent is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	FileContent []byte `locationName:"fileContent" type:"blob"`

	// The extrapolated file mode permissions for the file. Valid values include
	// EXECUTABLE and NORMAL.
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The full path to the file in the repository, including the name of the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name and full path of the file that contains the changes you want to
	// make as part of the commit, if you are not providing the file content directly.
	SourceFile *SourceFileSpecifier `locationName:"sourceFile" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a file added or updated as part of a commit.

func (PutFileEntry) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s PutFileEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutFileEntry) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *PutFileEntry) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutFileInput added in v0.3.0 

type PutFileInput struct {

	// The name of the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this
	// is an empty repository, this branch is created.
	//
	// BranchName is a required field
	BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A message about why this file was added or updated. Although it is optional,
	// a message makes the commit history for your repository more useful.
	CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`

	// An email address for the person adding or updating the file.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// The content of the file, in binary object format.
	//
	// FileContent is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	//
	// FileContent is a required field
	FileContent []byte `locationName:"fileContent" type:"blob" required:"true"`

	// The file mode permissions of the blob. Valid file mode permissions are listed
	// here.
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The name of the file you want to add or update, including the relative path
	// to the file in the repository.
	//
	// If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path is created
	// as part of adding the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the person adding or updating the file. Although it is optional,
	// a name makes the commit history for your repository more useful.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The full commit ID of the head commit in the branch where you want to add
	// or update the file. If this is an empty repository, no commit ID is required.
	// If this is not an empty repository, a commit ID is required.
	//
	// The commit ID must match the ID of the head commit at the time of the operation.
	// Otherwise, an error occurs, and the file is not added or updated.
	ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository where you want to add or update the file.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutFileInput) String added in v0.3.0 

func (s PutFileInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutFileInput) Validate added in v0.3.0 

func (s *PutFileInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutFileOutput added in v0.3.0 

type PutFileOutput struct {

	// The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.
	//
	// BlobId is a required field
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full SHA ID of the commit that contains this file change.
	//
	// CommitId is a required field
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
	// this file change.
	//
	// TreeId is a required field
	TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PutFileOutput) String added in v0.3.0 

func (s PutFileOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutFileRequest added in v0.3.0 

type PutFileRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PutFileInput
	Copy  func(*PutFileInput) PutFileRequest
}

PutFileRequest is the request type for the PutFile API operation.

func (PutFileRequest) Send added in v0.3.0 

func (r PutFileRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PutFileResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PutFile API request.

type PutFileResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PutFileResponse struct {
	*PutFileOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PutFileResponse is the response type for the PutFile API operation.

func (*PutFileResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PutFileResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PutFile request.

type PutRepositoryTriggersInput 

type PutRepositoryTriggersInput struct {

	// The name of the repository where you want to create or update the trigger.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
	//
	// Triggers is a required field
	Triggers []RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a put repository triggers operation.

func (PutRepositoryTriggersInput) String 

func (s PutRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PutRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate 

func (s *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PutRepositoryTriggersOutput 

type PutRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {

	// The system-generated unique ID for the create or update operation.
	ConfigurationId *string `locationName:"configurationId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a put repository triggers operation.

func (PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) String 

func (s PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PutRepositoryTriggersRequest 

type PutRepositoryTriggersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput
	Copy  func(*PutRepositoryTriggersInput) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest
}

PutRepositoryTriggersRequest is the request type for the PutRepositoryTriggers API operation.

func (PutRepositoryTriggersRequest) Send 

func (r PutRepositoryTriggersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PutRepositoryTriggersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PutRepositoryTriggers API request.

type PutRepositoryTriggersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PutRepositoryTriggersResponse struct {
	*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PutRepositoryTriggersResponse is the response type for the PutRepositoryTriggers API operation.

func (*PutRepositoryTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PutRepositoryTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PutRepositoryTriggers request.

type ReactionForComment added in v0.24.0 

type ReactionForComment struct {

	// The reaction for a specified comment.
	Reaction *ReactionValueFormats `locationName:"reaction" type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of users who have provided reactions to
	// the comment.
	ReactionUsers []string `locationName:"reactionUsers" type:"list"`

	// A numerical count of users who reacted with the specified emoji whose identities
	// have been subsequently deleted from IAM. While these IAM users or roles no
	// longer exist, the reactions might still appear in total reaction counts.
	ReactionsFromDeletedUsersCount *int64 `locationName:"reactionsFromDeletedUsersCount" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the reaction values provided by users on a comment.

func (ReactionForComment) String added in v0.24.0 

func (s ReactionForComment) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReactionValueFormats added in v0.24.0 

type ReactionValueFormats struct {

	// The Emoji Version 1.0 graphic of the reaction. These graphics are interpreted
	// slightly differently on different operating systems.
	Emoji *string `locationName:"emoji" type:"string"`

	// The emoji short code for the reaction. Short codes are interpreted slightly
	// differently on different operating systems.
	ShortCode *string `locationName:"shortCode" type:"string"`

	// The Unicode codepoint for the reaction.
	Unicode *string `locationName:"unicode" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the values for reactions to a comment. AWS CodeCommit supports a limited set of reactions.

func (ReactionValueFormats) String added in v0.24.0 

func (s ReactionValueFormats) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RelativeFileVersionEnum added in v0.2.0 

type RelativeFileVersionEnum string
const (
	RelativeFileVersionEnumBefore RelativeFileVersionEnum = "BEFORE"
	RelativeFileVersionEnumAfter  RelativeFileVersionEnum = "AFTER"
)

Enum values for RelativeFileVersionEnum

func (RelativeFileVersionEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum RelativeFileVersionEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (RelativeFileVersionEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum RelativeFileVersionEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ReplaceContentEntry added in v0.10.0 

type ReplaceContentEntry struct {

	// The base-64 encoded content to use when the replacement type is USE_NEW_CONTENT.
	//
	// Content is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	Content []byte `locationName:"content" type:"blob"`

	// The file mode to apply during conflict resoltion.
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The path of the conflicting file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The replacement type to use when determining how to resolve the conflict.
	//
	// ReplacementType is a required field
	ReplacementType ReplacementTypeEnum `locationName:"replacementType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a replacement content entry in the conflict of a merge or pull request operation.

func (ReplaceContentEntry) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s ReplaceContentEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReplaceContentEntry) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *ReplaceContentEntry) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReplacementTypeEnum added in v0.10.0 

type ReplacementTypeEnum string
const (
	ReplacementTypeEnumKeepBase        ReplacementTypeEnum = "KEEP_BASE"
	ReplacementTypeEnumKeepSource      ReplacementTypeEnum = "KEEP_SOURCE"
	ReplacementTypeEnumKeepDestination ReplacementTypeEnum = "KEEP_DESTINATION"
	ReplacementTypeEnumUseNewContent   ReplacementTypeEnum = "USE_NEW_CONTENT"
)

Enum values for ReplacementTypeEnum

func (ReplacementTypeEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ReplacementTypeEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ReplacementTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ReplacementTypeEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type RepositoryMetadata 

type RepositoryMetadata struct {

	// The ID of the AWS account associated with the repository.
	AccountId *string `locationName:"accountId" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the repository.
	Arn *string `type:"string"`

	// The URL to use for cloning the repository over HTTPS.
	CloneUrlHttp *string `locationName:"cloneUrlHttp" type:"string"`

	// The URL to use for cloning the repository over SSH.
	CloneUrlSsh *string `locationName:"cloneUrlSsh" type:"string"`

	// The date and time the repository was created, in timestamp format.
	CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// The repository's default branch name.
	DefaultBranch *string `locationName:"defaultBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time the repository was last modified, in timestamp format.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`

	// A comment or description about the repository.
	RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`

	// The ID of the repository.
	RepositoryId *string `locationName:"repositoryId" type:"string"`

	// The repository's name.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a repository.

func (RepositoryMetadata) String 

func (s RepositoryMetadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RepositoryNameIdPair 

type RepositoryNameIdPair struct {

	// The ID associated with the repository.
	RepositoryId *string `locationName:"repositoryId" type:"string"`

	// The name associated with the repository.
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a repository name and ID.

func (RepositoryNameIdPair) String 

func (s RepositoryNameIdPair) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RepositoryTrigger 

type RepositoryTrigger struct {

	// The branches to be included in the trigger configuration. If you specify
	// an empty array, the trigger applies to all branches.
	//
	// Although no content is required in the array, you must include the array
	// itself.
	Branches []string `locationName:"branches" type:"list"`

	// Any custom data associated with the trigger to be included in the information
	// sent to the target of the trigger.
	CustomData *string `locationName:"customData" type:"string"`

	// The ARN of the resource that is the target for a trigger (for example, the
	// ARN of a topic in Amazon SNS).
	//
	// DestinationArn is a required field
	DestinationArn *string `locationName:"destinationArn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The repository events that cause the trigger to run actions in another service,
	// such as sending a notification through Amazon SNS.
	//
	// The valid value "all" cannot be used with any other values.
	//
	// Events is a required field
	Events []RepositoryTriggerEventEnum `locationName:"events" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the trigger.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a trigger for a repository.

func (RepositoryTrigger) String 

func (s RepositoryTrigger) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RepositoryTrigger) Validate 

func (s *RepositoryTrigger) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RepositoryTriggerEventEnum 

type RepositoryTriggerEventEnum string
const (
	RepositoryTriggerEventEnumAll             RepositoryTriggerEventEnum = "all"
	RepositoryTriggerEventEnumUpdateReference RepositoryTriggerEventEnum = "updateReference"
	RepositoryTriggerEventEnumCreateReference RepositoryTriggerEventEnum = "createReference"
	RepositoryTriggerEventEnumDeleteReference RepositoryTriggerEventEnum = "deleteReference"
)

Enum values for RepositoryTriggerEventEnum

func (RepositoryTriggerEventEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum RepositoryTriggerEventEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (RepositoryTriggerEventEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum RepositoryTriggerEventEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure 

type RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure struct {

	// Message information about the trigger that did not run.
	FailureMessage *string `locationName:"failureMessage" type:"string"`

	// The name of the trigger that did not run.
	Trigger *string `locationName:"trigger" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A trigger failed to run.

func (RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) String 

func (s RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SetFileModeEntry added in v0.8.0 

type SetFileModeEntry struct {

	// The file mode for the file.
	//
	// FileMode is a required field
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The full path to the file, including the name of the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the file mode changes.

func (SetFileModeEntry) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s SetFileModeEntry) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SetFileModeEntry) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *SetFileModeEntry) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SortByEnum 

type SortByEnum string
const (
	SortByEnumRepositoryName   SortByEnum = "repositoryName"
	SortByEnumLastModifiedDate SortByEnum = "lastModifiedDate"
)

Enum values for SortByEnum

func (SortByEnum) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SortByEnum) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SortByEnum) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SortByEnum) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type SourceFileSpecifier added in v0.8.0 

type SourceFileSpecifier struct {

	// The full path to the file, including the name of the file.
	//
	// FilePath is a required field
	FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Whether to remove the source file from the parent commit.
	IsMove *bool `locationName:"isMove" type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about a source file that is part of changes made in a commit.

func (SourceFileSpecifier) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s SourceFileSpecifier) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SourceFileSpecifier) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *SourceFileSpecifier) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SubModule added in v0.5.0 

type SubModule struct {

	// The fully qualified path to the folder that contains the reference to the
	// submodule.
	AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`

	// The commit ID that contains the reference to the submodule.
	CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`

	// The relative path of the submodule from the folder where the query originated.
	RelativePath *string `locationName:"relativePath" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a submodule reference in a repository folder.

func (SubModule) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s SubModule) String() string

String returns the string representation 

type SymbolicLink struct {

	// The fully qualified path to the folder that contains the symbolic link.
	AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`

	// The blob ID that contains the information about the symbolic link.
	BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string"`

	// The file mode permissions of the blob that cotains information about the
	// symbolic link.
	FileMode FileModeTypeEnum `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The relative path of the symbolic link from the folder where the query originated.
	RelativePath *string `locationName:"relativePath" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a symbolic link in a repository folder.

func (SymbolicLink) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s SymbolicLink) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TagResourceInput added in v0.10.0 

type TagResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add or
	// update tags.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The key-value pair to use when tagging this repository.
	//
	// Tags is a required field
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TagResourceInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s TagResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TagResourceInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TagResourceOutput added in v0.10.0 

type TagResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TagResourceOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TagResourceRequest added in v0.10.0 

type TagResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *TagResourceInput
	Copy  func(*TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest
}

TagResourceRequest is the request type for the TagResource API operation.

func (TagResourceRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r TagResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*TagResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the TagResource API request.

type TagResourceResponse added in v0.10.0 

type TagResourceResponse struct {
	*TagResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TagResourceResponse is the response type for the TagResource API operation.

func (*TagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *TagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the TagResource request.

type Target added in v0.2.0 

type Target struct {

	// The branch of the repository where the pull request changes are merged. Also
	// known as the destination branch.
	DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull request.
	// Also known as the source branch.
	//
	// SourceReference is a required field
	SourceReference *string `locationName:"sourceReference" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about a target for a pull request.

func (Target) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s Target) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Target) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *Target) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TestRepositoryTriggersInput 

type TestRepositoryTriggersInput struct {

	// The name of the repository in which to test the triggers.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The list of triggers to test.
	//
	// Triggers is a required field
	Triggers []RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of a test repository triggers operation.

func (TestRepositoryTriggersInput) String 

func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TestRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate 

func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TestRepositoryTriggersOutput 

type TestRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {

	// The list of triggers that were not tested. This list provides the names of
	// the triggers that could not be tested, separated by commas.
	FailedExecutions []RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure `locationName:"failedExecutions" type:"list"`

	// The list of triggers that were successfully tested. This list provides the
	// names of the triggers that were successfully tested, separated by commas.
	SuccessfulExecutions []string `locationName:"successfulExecutions" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the output of a test repository triggers operation.

func (TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) String 

func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TestRepositoryTriggersRequest 

type TestRepositoryTriggersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput
	Copy  func(*TestRepositoryTriggersInput) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest
}

TestRepositoryTriggersRequest is the request type for the TestRepositoryTriggers API operation.

func (TestRepositoryTriggersRequest) Send 

func (r TestRepositoryTriggersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*TestRepositoryTriggersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the TestRepositoryTriggers API request.

type TestRepositoryTriggersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type TestRepositoryTriggersResponse struct {
	*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TestRepositoryTriggersResponse is the response type for the TestRepositoryTriggers API operation.

func (*TestRepositoryTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *TestRepositoryTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the TestRepositoryTriggers request.

type UntagResourceInput added in v0.10.0 

type UntagResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to remove
	// tags.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.
	//
	// TagKeys is a required field
	TagKeys []string `locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UntagResourceInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UntagResourceInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UntagResourceOutput added in v0.10.0 

type UntagResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UntagResourceOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UntagResourceRequest added in v0.10.0 

type UntagResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UntagResourceInput
	Copy  func(*UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest
}

UntagResourceRequest is the request type for the UntagResource API operation.

func (UntagResourceRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r UntagResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UntagResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UntagResource API request.

type UntagResourceResponse added in v0.10.0 

type UntagResourceResponse struct {
	*UntagResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UntagResourceResponse is the response type for the UntagResource API operation.

func (*UntagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *UntagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UntagResource request.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule template where you want to update the content
	// of the rule.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
	// retrieve this information by using GetPullRequest.
	ExistingRuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"existingRuleContentSha256" type:"string"`

	// The content that replaces the existing content of the rule. Content statements
	// must be complete. You cannot provide only the changes.
	//
	// NewRuleContent is a required field
	NewRuleContent *string `locationName:"newRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest
}

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest is the request type for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent API operation.

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent API request.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse struct {
	*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse is the response type for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent API operation.

func (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent request.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput struct {

	// The updated description of the approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateDescription" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the template for which you want to update the description.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput struct {

	// The structure and content of the updated approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest
}

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest is the request type for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription API operation.

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription API request.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse struct {
	*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse is the response type for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription API operation.

func (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription request.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput struct {

	// The new name you want to apply to the approval rule template.
	//
	// NewApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	NewApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"newApprovalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The current name of the approval rule template.
	//
	// OldApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
	OldApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"oldApprovalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput struct {

	// The structure and content of the updated approval rule template.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
	ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest
}

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest is the request type for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName API operation.

func (UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName API request.

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse added in v0.17.0 

type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse struct {
	*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse is the response type for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName API operation.

func (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName request.

type UpdateCommentInput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdateCommentInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the comment you want to update. To get this ID,
	// use GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
	//
	// CommentId is a required field
	CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The updated content to replace the existing content of the comment.
	//
	// Content is a required field
	Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCommentInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdateCommentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateCommentInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *UpdateCommentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateCommentOutput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdateCommentOutput struct {

	// Information about the updated comment.
	Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCommentOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdateCommentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateCommentRequest added in v0.2.0 

type UpdateCommentRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateCommentInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateCommentInput) UpdateCommentRequest
}

UpdateCommentRequest is the request type for the UpdateComment API operation.

func (UpdateCommentRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r UpdateCommentRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateCommentResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateComment API request.

type UpdateCommentResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdateCommentResponse struct {
	*UpdateCommentOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateCommentResponse is the response type for the UpdateComment API operation.

func (*UpdateCommentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdateCommentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateComment request.

type UpdateDefaultBranchInput 

type UpdateDefaultBranchInput struct {

	// The name of the branch to set as the default.
	//
	// DefaultBranchName is a required field
	DefaultBranchName *string `locationName:"defaultBranchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the repository to set or change the default branch for.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of an update default branch operation.

func (UpdateDefaultBranchInput) String 

func (s UpdateDefaultBranchInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateDefaultBranchInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateDefaultBranchOutput 

type UpdateDefaultBranchOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) String 

func (s UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateDefaultBranchRequest 

type UpdateDefaultBranchRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateDefaultBranchInput) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest
}

UpdateDefaultBranchRequest is the request type for the UpdateDefaultBranch API operation.

func (UpdateDefaultBranchRequest) Send 

func (r UpdateDefaultBranchRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateDefaultBranchResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateDefaultBranch API request.

type UpdateDefaultBranchResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdateDefaultBranchResponse struct {
	*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateDefaultBranchResponse is the response type for the UpdateDefaultBranch API operation.

func (*UpdateDefaultBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdateDefaultBranchResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateDefaultBranch request.

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput struct {

	// The name of the approval rule you want to update.
	//
	// ApprovalRuleName is a required field
	ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
	// retrieve this information by using GetPullRequest.
	ExistingRuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"existingRuleContentSha256" type:"string"`

	// The updated content for the approval rule.
	//
	// When you update the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers
	// in an approval pool in one of two ways:
	//
	//    * CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a
	//    resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users
	//    whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful
	//    option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify
	//    the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are
	//    counted as approvals coming from that user: An IAM user in the account
	//    (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major) A federated user identified
	//    in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
	//    This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the
	//    role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major)
	//    unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
	//
	//    * Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified
	//    Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
	//
	// For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// NewRuleContent is a required field
	NewRuleContent *string `locationName:"newRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput struct {

	// Information about the updated approval rule.
	//
	// ApprovalRule is a required field
	ApprovalRule *ApprovalRule `locationName:"approvalRule" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput
	Copy  func(*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest
}

UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest is the request type for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent API operation.

func (UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent API request.

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse struct {
	*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse is the response type for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent API operation.

func (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent request.

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput struct {

	// The approval state to associate with the user on the pull request.
	//
	// ApprovalState is a required field
	ApprovalState ApprovalState `locationName:"approvalState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the revision.
	//
	// RevisionId is a required field
	RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) Validate added in v0.17.0 

func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput) String added in v0.17.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput
	Copy  func(*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest
}

UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest is the request type for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalState API operation.

func (UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest) Send added in v0.17.0 

func (r UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdatePullRequestApprovalState API request.

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse added in v0.17.0 

type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse struct {
	*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse is the response type for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalState API operation.

func (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.17.0 

func (r *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalState request.

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput struct {

	// The updated content of the description for the pull request. This content
	// replaces the existing description.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput struct {

	// Information about the updated pull request.
	//
	// PullRequest is a required field
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput
	Copy  func(*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest
}

UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest is the request type for the UpdatePullRequestDescription API operation.

func (UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdatePullRequestDescription API request.

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse struct {
	*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse is the response type for the UpdatePullRequestDescription API operation.

func (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePullRequestDescription request.

type UpdatePullRequestStatusInput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestStatusInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The status of the pull request. The only valid operations are to update the
	// status from OPEN to OPEN, OPEN to CLOSED or from CLOSED to CLOSED.
	//
	// PullRequestStatus is a required field
	PullRequestStatus PullRequestStatusEnum `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput struct {

	// Information about the pull request.
	//
	// PullRequest is a required field
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput
	Copy  func(*UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest
}

UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest is the request type for the UpdatePullRequestStatus API operation.

func (UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdatePullRequestStatus API request.

type UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse struct {
	*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse is the response type for the UpdatePullRequestStatus API operation.

func (*UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdatePullRequestStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePullRequestStatus request.

type UpdatePullRequestTitleInput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestTitleInput struct {

	// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
	//
	// PullRequestId is a required field
	PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The updated title of the pull request. This replaces the existing title.
	//
	// Title is a required field
	Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput struct {

	// Information about the updated pull request.
	//
	// PullRequest is a required field
	PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest added in v0.2.0 

type UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput
	Copy  func(*UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest
}

UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest is the request type for the UpdatePullRequestTitle API operation.

func (UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdatePullRequestTitle API request.

type UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse struct {
	*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse is the response type for the UpdatePullRequestTitle API operation.

func (*UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdatePullRequestTitleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePullRequestTitle request.

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput 

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput struct {

	// The new comment or description for the specified repository. Repository descriptions
	// are limited to 1,000 characters.
	RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`

	// The name of the repository to set or change the comment or description for.
	//
	// RepositoryName is a required field
	RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of an update repository description operation.

func (UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) String 

func (s UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput 

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) String 

func (s UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest 

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest
}

UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest is the request type for the UpdateRepositoryDescription API operation.

func (UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest) Send 

func (r UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateRepositoryDescription API request.

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse struct {
	*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse is the response type for the UpdateRepositoryDescription API operation.

func (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateRepositoryDescription request.

type UpdateRepositoryNameInput 

type UpdateRepositoryNameInput struct {

	// The new name for the repository.
	//
	// NewName is a required field
	NewName *string `locationName:"newName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The current name of the repository.
	//
	// OldName is a required field
	OldName *string `locationName:"oldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the input of an update repository description operation.

func (UpdateRepositoryNameInput) String 

func (s UpdateRepositoryNameInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateRepositoryNameInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateRepositoryNameOutput 

type UpdateRepositoryNameOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) String 

func (s UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateRepositoryNameRequest 

type UpdateRepositoryNameRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateRepositoryNameInput) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest
}

UpdateRepositoryNameRequest is the request type for the UpdateRepositoryName API operation.

func (UpdateRepositoryNameRequest) Send 

func (r UpdateRepositoryNameRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateRepositoryNameResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateRepositoryName API request.

type UpdateRepositoryNameResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdateRepositoryNameResponse struct {
	*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateRepositoryNameResponse is the response type for the UpdateRepositoryName API operation.

func (*UpdateRepositoryNameResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdateRepositoryNameResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateRepositoryName request.

type UserInfo 

type UserInfo struct {

	// The date when the specified commit was commited, in timestamp format with
	// GMT offset.
	Date *string `locationName:"date" type:"string"`

	// The email address associated with the user who made the commit, if any.
	Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`

	// The name of the user who made the specified commit.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the user who made a specified commit.

func (UserInfo) String 

func (s UserInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package codecommitiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS CodeCommit service client for testing your code.
 Package codecommitiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS CodeCommit service client for testing your code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.